Entry codes 2016/17
Entry codes
2016/17
All exam series
This document lists the entry codes for
all series in the 2016/17 academic year.
Any updates will be posted on the Exams
administration/Entries page of our website
aqa.org.uk
Issued September 2016
v1.1
aqa.org.uk
Copyright © AQA and its licensors. All rights reserved.
AQA Education (AQA) is a registered charity (registered charity number 1073334) and a company limited by guarantee registered in England and Wales
(company number 3644723). Registered address: AQA, Devas Street, Manchester M15 6EX.
September 2016
G01066
Entry codes 2016/17
Contents
1
General information
Series
Entry codes
4
4
4
2
Restrictions on entry in 2016/17
Unique Learner Numbers (ULNs)
Discount (classification) codes
Prohibited combinations
Private candidates
Restricted pilot specifications
5
5
5
6
6
6
3
Changes to exams
A-level reform
GCSE reform
Availability of reform qualifications within Wales
Availability of reform qualifications within Northern Ireland
Availability of outgoing GCSE, AS and A-level qualifications
GCSE exams in 2016/17
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
4
Explanatory notes on the entry code tables
Example entry code table
Key to symbols
5
Entry code tables
AQA Baccalaureate
AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
ELC (Entry Level Certificate)
FCSE (Foundation Certificate of Secondary Education)
FSMQ (Free-Standing Mathematics Qualifications)
FSMQ Pilot
Functional Skills
GCE
GCE Use of Mathematics Pilot
GCSE
Project
Tech-level
13
14
15
33
35
38
39
40
48
151
153
232
233
6
Index to entry codes
257
9
9
11
3
Entry codes 2016/17
1
General information
This document lists the unit and subject award entry codes for all series in the academic year 2016/17. Further
information about making entries is available from the Exams administration | Entries page of our website aqa.org.uk
Series
All entries for our examinations are collected by series, irrespective of the method of entry you use to submit them.
The closing date for the receipt of entries and the date of publication of results for particular examinations determine
each series.
A copy of the Exam series guide 2016/17 in A3 format was sent to your centre in September 2016. It is also available
from the Exams administration | Entries page of our website aqa.org.uk
Entry codes
Section 5 contains all the entry codes for all the exams (subject awards, options, units and components) that are
available in any given series. You must use the appropriate entry code irrespective of your method of entry.
Basedata (containing information on the specifications, units, options and components) will also be provided for each
series for centres wishing to submit entries by EDI.
A separate entry, using the appropriate entry code, is required for every assessment (subject award, unit or option) for
which a result is to be reported.
Before making an entry for a particular subject, you should refer to:
• the specification for the subject
• any changes to examination provision detailed in the appropriate specification
• any restrictions on entry detailed in Section 2 of this document.
Please see the Exams administration | Entries | Entries for exams officers page of our website aqa.org.uk for full
details on basedata and submitting entries.
4
Entry codes 2016/17
2
Restrictions on entry in 2016/17
Unique Learner Numbers (ULNs)
From January 2014, all students entered for an exam at a state funded school/college in England need a ULN. The
ULN is a 10-digit number used to access the Personal Learning Record (PLR) of anyone over the age of 14 involved
in education or training. The PLR is an online, lifelong record of individuals' achievements which they can share with
other parties (for example employers, colleges, universities).
Before entering students, you need to get valid ULNs for them that match the details held in the Learning Records
Service (LRS). We can't access LRS to amend errors so if there are mismatches, we will return the invalid data to you,
via e-AQA, for you to resolve with LRS.
Where the ULN is mandatory we will not process entries if the ULN is not present. However, if the supplied ULN
returns as a mismatch from LRS we will report this. We will still issue student results as normal but will be unable to
upload these to the PLR.
ULNs will not replace UCI numbers (Unique Candidate Identifier) so please ensure you include them in your entries
submissions.
Discount (classification) codes
Discounting guidance can be found on the Department for Education (DfE) websites
•
•
RAISEonline www.raiseonline.org in the ‘library’ section
QAN Web Site https://collectdata.education.gov.uk/qwsweb
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each specification a national discount code (sometimes referred to as a
classification code) on the basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of
school/college performance tables.
Some awards (for example GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS) awards) have two discount codes, as they are grouped
1
differently for key stage 4 (pre-16) and key stage 5 (post-16) discounting purposes .
An early entry rule for key stage 4 (KS4) qualifications was introduced following the Secretary of State announcement
that, from 29 September 2013, only a pupil’s first entry to a KS4 qualification counts towards their school’s
performance measures. The early entry rule applies even where qualifications are taken with one exam board and
then re-taken with another. Although the new rule does not prevent schools from entering pupils for examinations
before the end of key stage 4, it aims to focus attention on whether pupils have been sufficiently prepared to achieve
the very best possible outcome in that subject. Pupils can sit an examination more than once but it will be their first
certificated grade in that subject that will be used for performance measures.
You may wish to advise your candidates that, if they take two specifications with the same discount code, schools,
colleges, universities and employers are very likely to take the view that they have achieved only one of the two
specifications. The same view may be taken if candidates take two specifications that have different discount codes
but have significant overlap of contents. Candidates who have any doubts about their subject combinations should
check with the institution to which they wish to progress or company they wish to join, before embarking on their
programmes.
Discount codes are shown in the tables in Section 5.
1
The JCQ basedata formats only allows for one discount code in basedata. For specifications with two codes, our
basedata includes the key stage 4 (pre-16) code.
5
Entry codes 2016/17
Prohibited combinations
Before making an entry for a particular subject, you should refer to any statement in the specification that deals with
prohibited combinations of units and specifications, in addition to any restrictions of specifications within the same
discount code.
Candidates entered for prohibited combinations of subjects will be reported on the Centre Entry Query Report. You will
be required to cancel or amend the entry. You must inform us of these decisions by EDI or e-AQA.
Private candidates
A private candidate is someone who enters for exams through an AQA-approved school or college but is not enrolled
as a candidate there. Private candidates may be self-taught, home-schooled or have private tuition with a tutor or
through a distance learning organisation.
Candidates can only become a private candidate in the UK. Exams are not available for private candidates to sit
outside the UK.
Not all specifications are available to private candidates and those with internally-assessed units may have
restrictions. Further information can be found on the private candidates page of our website aqa.org.uk/private
Restricted pilot specifications
Specifications offered as part of a restricted pilot have been included in this booklet. Most pilot schemes have the
maximum number of candidates and centres that can participate determined by the regulator. Centres will normally be
invited to take part in the pilot scheme. If you require any information on any of the restricted pilot specifications,
please contact the appropriate subject team.
6
Entry codes 2016/17
3
Changes to exams
A-level reform
Some A-levels have been reformed for first teaching in September 2015 (see table below) with the first assessment of
AS in June 2016, and the first assessment of full A-level in June 2017. Phase two and three subjects will follow, for
first teaching in September 2016 and September 2017 respectively.
Changes to AS levels
•
•
•
AS levels will be standalone qualifications and will no longer contribute to A-levels
New AS levels will be designed to offer breadth to the curriculum and will broadly remain at their current
standard
In some subjects, it may be appropriate for the AS to be designed to be co-taught with the first year of the
A-level
Phase one subjects (first teaching
September 2015)
Phase two subjects (first teaching
September 2016)
Phase three subjects (first teaching
September 2017)
Art and Design
Business
Computer Science
Economics
English Language
English Literature
English Language and Literature
History
Psychology
Sciences (Biology, Chemistry,
Physics)
Sociology
Dance
Drama and Theatre Studies
French
Geography
German
Music
Physical Education
Religious Studies
Spanish
Accounting
Archaeology
Classical Civilisation
Design and Technology
Environmental Science
History of Art
Law
Maths subjects (Maths, Further
Maths, Statistics)
Media Studies
Philosophy
Politics
GCSE reform
English Language, English Literature and Maths have been reformed for first teaching in September 2015 with the first
assessment in June 2017. Phase two and three subjects will follow (see table below) for first teaching in September
2016 and September 2017 respectively. There will no longer be GCSE English (the current GCSE English will be
available as a re-sit only opportunity in November 2016, with a final re-sit only opportunity in June 2017).
Phase two subjects (first teaching September 2016)
Phase three subjects (first teaching September 2017)
Art and Design
Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Combined)
Citizenship
Computer science
Dance
Drama
Food preparation and nutrition
Languages (French, German, Spanish)
Geography
History
Music
Physical education
Religious studies
Design and technology
Business
Engineering
Economics
Languages (Urdu, Chinese, Italian, Modern Hebrew,
Bengali, Punjabi, Polish)
Psychology
Sociology
Media studies
Statistics
7
Entry codes 2016/17
Availability of reform qualifications within Wales
We’re not planning to offer our new GCSE, AS or A-level qualifications in Wales.
WJEC was the only exam board that committed to offering Wales-specific general qualifications for first teaching from
September 2015, 2016 and 2017.
This means that, in Wales:
•
•
•
maintained schools and colleges can only offer WJEC specifications
independent schools can still offer qualifications from any exam board
outside of GCSE, AS and A-level, all schools can offer qualifications from any exam board.
There’s more information, including a full list of the qualifications affected, on the Qualifications Wales FAQ page.
For qualifications where no new specifications are being developed specifically for first teaching in 2016 or 2017 in
Wales, to avoid restricting the choice of subjects available to learners, the Welsh Government is allowing all schools
to:
•
•
offer existing (non-reformed) GCSE, AS and A-level qualifications
offer new GCSE, AS and A-level qualifications designed for England or Northern Ireland, as long as they meet
the respective regulator’s requirements.
Currently this only applies to GCSE and A-level Dance.
Availability of reform qualifications within Northern Ireland
Schools and colleges in Northern Ireland can offer all of our GCSE, AS and A-level qualifications as long as they meet
any subject-specific requirements, even if the qualification was specifically designed for England.
The only AQA specifications that schools in Northern Ireland cannot offer are:
•
•
•
AS Biology (7401) & A-level Biology (7402), AS Chemistry (7404) & A-level Chemistry (7405), and AS Physics
(7407) & A-level Physics (7408) as these awards don’t have a mark for assessing practical skills that
contribute to the overall grade.
GCSE English Language (8700)(first exams June 2017), as it doesn’t have a mark for speaking and listening
that contributes to the overall grade.
GCSE Biology (8461), Chemistry (8462), Physics (8463), Combined Science: Synergy (8465) and Combined
Science: Trilogy (8464) (first exams 2018) as these awards don’t have a mark for assessing practical skills
that contribute to the overall grade.
Availability of outgoing GCSE, AS and A-level qualifications
It is expected that schools will offer reformed GCSE, AS and A-level qualifications wherever they have been
introduced. Information about re-sit opportunities for the equivalent outgoing specifications is available from Ofqual’s
website.
GCSE exams in 2016/17
In December 2011 Ofqual announced that all GCSEs taken in June 2014 and after will be linear in structure. All
candidates will be required to take all GCSE assessments at the end of the course with the following exceptions:
•
•
For most GCSEs, a candidate who has previously certificated and is satisfied with the result(s) awarded for the
controlled assessment unit(s) may be able to carry forward the result(s) for the controlled assessment.
For most Double Award GCSEs, candidates can use the result of their Full Course Single Award towards the
GCSE Double Award.
This change to specifications, including information on carrying forward controlled assessment and ‘topping up’ Single
Award to Double Award GCSEs, is detailed in the information in Section 5 for each specification.
8
Entry codes 2016/17
4
Explanatory notes on the entry code tables
This document lists the unit, option and subject award entry codes for all series in the academic year 2016/17.
• Subjects are grouped by qualification (GCE, GCSE etc)
• In each section, subjects are in alphabetical order by specification
Example entry code table
1
6
8a
7
8b
2
3
4
5

9
10
9
Entry codes 2016/17
Each table contains the following information
①
Details of the specification including
• Specification title
•
Qualification
Including Full Course, Double Award and so on as appropriate.
Where they differ, e-AQA qualification codes are shown in brackets
(for example (IG) or (AQAC))
•
Specification code
not to be confused with the Entry Code – see ②
•
Basedata group code
this is the code under which all entry codes for a specification
can be found in the electronic basedata files (see the Exams
administration | Entries | Entries for exams officers | EDI and
basedata page of our website aqa.org.uk for details)
•
Discount code
See page 5. Also known as a classification code
KS4
Key Stage 4 discount code
KS5
Key Stage 5 discount code
•
Qualification number
•
Attainment 8 measure(s)
English, Maths, EBacc or Other. See the DfE website for more
information about Attainment 8 and Progress 8.
②
Each entry for a subject award, unit or option should be recorded by means of an Entry Code. A separate
entry, using the appropriate entry code, is required for every assessment (subject award, unit or option) for
which a result is to be reported. It is essential that you make entries using only these entry codes.
③
The series in which a particular examination is available and the closing date for entries for that series. The
tables show only those series in which entries for the specification are collected.
④
For most specifications, the weighting of each unit towards the overall award.
• AS
GCE Advanced Subsidiary
• AS sgl
GCE Advanced Subsidiary Single Award
• AS dbl
GCE Advanced Subsidiary Double Award
• ADV
GCE Advanced
• ADV sgl
GCE Advanced Single Award
• ADV+AS
GCE Advanced with Advanced Subsidiary (additional) award
• ADV dbl
GCE Advanced Double Award
• Short
GCSE Short Course
• Full
GCSE Full Course
• Sgl
GCSE Single Award
• Dbl
GCSE Double Award
⑤
Where applicable, the maximum uniform mark (UMS).
⑥
Description of the units or options within a specification for which an entry can be made.
⑦
Information is shown where multiple components make up the unit or option. Note that no component
information is shown where a unit consists of just a single component.
⑧
See Key to Symbols on page 11.
⑨
For modular specifications, entry details for the overall subject award together with information of the valid
combinations of units which must be taken to give a subject award.
10
Entry codes 2016/17
⑩
Information about the specification, units or options including details of the following:
information that is relevant to entries
any changes to specifications or other important information
any specifications that share a discount code with another specification assess a common subject
area and should be seen as alternative specifications. See page 5 for full details
any prohibited combinations, in addition to restrictions within discount codes
information relating to conditions that apply to the entry of private candidates
Key to symbols
The following symbols may be used in the entry tables:

Indicates components/elements for which marks may be carried forward from a previous exam series.
For the lifetime of the specification there is no limit on the number of occasions on which the marks
can be re-used or on the period of time since the original result. However, other restrictions may apply
(please see the information under the entry code table for the specification).
*
**
Refer to the information for the specification
Refer to the information for the specification
†
Refer to the information for the specification

Indicates specifications, units or components for which teachers and/or candidates need to have
preliminary material or early papers before the main exam period
Where early material applies to the specification as a whole the symbol is shown with the specification
details (see 8a in the example on page 9) otherwise it is shown against the relevant unit or component
(see 8b in the example on page 9)
If your centre is entering candidates for any of these specifications, you will find full details of the
source and availability of preliminary material in the Specification and in the Early Question Papers
and Preliminary Material booklet, which is available from the Exams administration | Exams guidance |
Exams materials page of our website aqa.org.uk
11
Entry codes 2016/17
12
Entry codes 2016/17
5
Entry code tables
13
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Baccalaureate
AQA Baccalaureate
(ABQ) (ABQE)
Restricted entry
Entry code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
Overall AQA Baccalaureate
9000

Enrichment scheme
9001

Specification code
Basedata group code
9000
9000
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
500/3777/8
BAC
n/a
Series
availability
The e-AQA qualification code for the overall AQA Baccalaureate is ABQ. The qualification code for the
Enrichment element is ABQE.
This is a restricted specification and, as such, centres need to be approved to take part. Further information,
including details of registration for the AQA Baccalaureate, can be found on our website at aqa.org.uk/bacc
When making entries, please enter each candidate for both 9000 and 9001.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
14
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Applied Business
Level 3 Certificate (Applied General)
Specification code
TVQ01026
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/7145/5
0002
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1
Financial planning and analysis
R/507/6695
External exam


33.3
2
Business dynamics
Y/507/6696
Centre assessed


33.3
3
Entrepreneurial opportunities (synoptic assessment)
D/507/6697
Externally assessed


33.3
All three units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Units 1, 2 and 3 are also used towards the Extended Certificate in Applied Business (see page 16)
Centres must be approved to offer our Applied General Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge
for Government-funded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and
UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Applied Generals can be found in the Applied
General Centre Administration Guide, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
15
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Applied Business
Level 3 Extended Certificate (Applied General)
Specification code
TVQ01027
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7146/7
0002
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1
Financial planning and analysis
R/507/6695
External exam


16.6
2
Business dynamics
Y/507/6696
Centre assessed


16.6
3
Entrepreneurial opportunities (synoptic assessment)
D/507/6697
Externally assessed


16.6
4
Managing and leading people
H/507/6698
External exam


16.6
5
Developing a business proposal
K/507/6699
Centre assessed


16.6
6* e-Business implementation
R/507/6700
Centre assessed


16.6
7* Managing an event
Y/507/6701
Centre assessed


16.6
8* Marketing communications
D/507/6702
Centre assessed


16.6
Six units (units 1 – 5 and one of units 6, 7 and 8) must be completed to achieve the full
qualification
* Optional unit
Units 1, 2 and 3 are also used towards the Certificate in Applied Business (see page 15)
Centres must be approved to offer our Applied General Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge
for Government-funded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and
UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Applied Generals can be found in the Applied
General Centre Administration Guide, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
16
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Applied Science
Level 3 Certificate (Applied General)
Specification code
TVQ01028
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/7104/2
RA14
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1
Key concepts in science
J/507/6497
External exam


33.3
2
Applied experimental techniques
L/507/6498
Centre assessed


33.3
3
Science in the modern world
R/507/6499
External exam


33.3
All three units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Units 1, 2 and 3 are also used towards the Extended Certificate in Applied Science (see page 18)
Centres must be approved to offer our Applied General Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge
for Government-funded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and
UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Applied Generals can be found in the Applied
General Centre Administration Guide, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
17
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Applied Science
Level 3 Extended Certificate (Applied General)
Specification code
TVQ01029
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7105/4
RA14
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1
Key concepts in science
J/507/6497
External exam


16.6
2
Applied experimental techniques
L/507/6498
Centre assessed


16.6
3
Science in the modern world
R/507/6499
External exam


16.6
4
The human body
A/507/6500
External exam


16.6
5
Investigating science
F/507/6501
Centre assessed


16.6
6a* Microbiology
J/507/6502
Centre assessed


16.6
6b* Medical physics
L/507/6503
Centre assessed


16.6
6c* Organic chemistry
R/507/6504
Centre assessed


16.6
Six units (units 1 – 5 and one of units 6a, 6b and 6c) must be completed
to achieve the full qualification
* Optional unit
Units 1, 2 and 3 are also used towards the Certificate in Applied Science (see page 17)
Centres must be approved to offer our Applied General Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge
for Government-funded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and
UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Applied Generals can be found in the Applied
General Centre Administration Guide, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
18
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Biology
Level 1/2 (IG)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Biology
outgoing spec
8401
8401
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
600/4024/5
RH3
EBacc, Other
8401/1 Written paper 1
8401/2 Written paper 2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/177
8401

50
50
Max
UMS
100
100
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
19
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Chemistry
Level 1/2 (IG)
Specification code
Basedata group code
outgoing spec
8402
8402
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
600/4410/X
RD1
EBacc, Other
8402/1 Written paper 1
8402/2 Written paper 2
Chemistry
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8402

50
50
Max
UMS
100
100
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Engineering and Computer Applications outgoing spec
Level 1/2 (IG)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4856
4856
Qualification number
600/9566/0
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Engineering and Computer Applications
4856/1
4856/2
4856/3
Written paper
CAD/CAM task
Programming task


Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
4856

20
40
40
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
A single entry is all that is needed for the examination paper, coursework entry and certification.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
20
Max
UMS
80
160
160
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Engineering and Innovation
Level 1/2 (IG)
Specification code
Basedata group code
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/9768/1
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
4857
4857
4857/1
4857/2
4857/3
Engineering and Innovation
Written paper
Industry study
Investigating materials


Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
4857

20
40
40
Max
UMS
80
160
160
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
A single entry is all that is needed for the examination paper, coursework entry and certification.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
English Language
Level 1/2 (IG)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Written paper
option
Coursework
option
8705
8705
Final re-sit opportunity
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
Foundation tier
Higher tier
Foundation tier
Higher tier
8705/1F
8705/2F
8705/CS
8705/1H
8705/2H
8705/CS
8705/1F
8705/CP*
8705/CS
8705/1H
8705/CP*
8705/CS
Entry
code
Nov
2016
BG16
4/10/16
8705FW

8705HW



8705FC



8705HC

600/1999/2
FK2B
English, Other
Written paper 1 tier F
Written paper 2 tier F
Speaking & listening
Written paper 1 tier H
Written paper 2 tier H
Speaking & listening
Written paper 1 tier F
Coursework project
Speaking & listening
Written paper 1 tier H
Coursework project
Speaking & listening
Series
Weighting
availability
%


50
40
10
50
40
10
50
40
10
50
40
10
Max
UMS
139
111
40
200
160
40
139
160
40
200
160
40
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity. All coursework marks must be carried
forward.
Candidates may enter for only one of the four options per series. A single entry is all that is needed for the
examination papers, coursework entry (where applicable) and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
Written paper option:
• the centre can submit visual recording of the speaking and listening for assessment
or
• if the candidate is retaking the qualification, the result for the speaking and listening work can be carried
forward.
Coursework option:
• the candidate must have previously received a result for the coursework project component which must
be carried forward
and
• the result for the speaking and listening work can either be carried forward, or the centre can submit a
new visual recording of the speaking and listening for assessment.
21
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Enterprise and Employability
Final re-sit opportunity
Short Course - Level 1 and Level 2 (L1L2)
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
4805

4805
4805
Enterprise and Employability
Qualification number: Level 1
Level 2
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
4805/W
4805/C*
Written paper
Coursework
500/3111/9
500/3110/7
HC42
n/a

70
30
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity. Coursework marks must be carried
forward.
This specification is equivalent to a GCSE Short Course. A single entry is all that is needed for the
examination paper, coursework entry and certification.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Enterprise and Employability
Level 1/2 (AQAC)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4806
4806
Enterprise and Employability
Final re-sit opportunity
Qualification number
600/7549/1
Discount code
HC42
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
4806/W
4806/C*
Written paper
Coursework

Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
4806

40
60
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity. Coursework marks must be carried
forward.
A single entry is all that is needed for the examination paper, coursework entry and certification.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
22
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Enterprise, Employability and Personal Finance
Level 3 (L3)
outgoing spec
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
Unit 1 Written paper
EEPF1

60
120
Unit 2 Enterprise project
EEPF2

40
80
1806

Specification code
Basedata group code
2805
2805
Qualification number
600/7269/6
Discount code
HC42
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Subject award EEPF1 + EEPF2
200
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This specification is equivalent to an AS level. A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to
make an entry for the overall subject award (1806) if certification is required in June 2017.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
23
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
French
Level 1/2 (IG)

Specification code
Basedata group code
8655
8655
Option A
Option B
Option C
Option D
Option E
Option F
Qualification number
600/5254/5
Discount code
FKF
Attainment 8 measure(s)
Ebacc, Other
8655/LF
Listening
test tier F
Listening Foundation + Reading
8655/RF
Reading test tier F
Foundation + Speaking test + Writing 8655/S
Speaking test
Foundation
8655/WF
Writing test tier F
8655/LF
Listening test tier F
Listening Foundation + Reading
8655/RF
Reading test tier F
Foundation + Speaking test + Writing 8655/S
Speaking test
Higher
8655/WH
Writing test tier H
8655/LF
Listening test tier F
Listening Foundation + Reading
8655/RH
Reading test tier H
Higher + Speaking test + Writing
8655/S
Speaking test
Foundation
8655/WF
Writing test tier F
8655/LF
Listening test tier F
Listening Foundation + Reading
8655/RH
Reading test tier H
Higher + Speaking test + Writing
8655/S
Speaking test
Higher
8655/WH
Writing test tier H
8655/LH
Listening test tier H
Listening Higher + Reading
8655/RF
Reading test tier F
Foundation + Speaking test + Writing 8655/S
Speaking test
Foundation
8655/WF
Writing test tier F
8655/LH
Listening test tier H
Listening Higher + Reading
8655/RF
Reading test tier F
Foundation + Speaking test + Writing 8655/S
Speaking test
Higher
8655/WH
Writing test tier H
Listening Higher + Reading Higher +
Option G
Speaking test + Writing Foundation
Option H
outgoing spec
Listening Higher + Reading Higher +
Speaking test + Writing Higher
8655/LH
8655/RH
8655/S
8655/WF
8655/LH
8655/RH
8655/S
8655/WH
Listening test tier H
Reading test tier H
Speaking test
Writing test tier F
Listening test tier H
Reading test tier H
Speaking test
Writing test tier H
Series Weighting Max
%
availability
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8655A

8655B

8655C

8655D

8655E

8655F

8655G

8655H

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
69
69
100
69
69
69
100
100
69
100
100
69
69
100
100
100
100
69
100
69
100
69
100
100
100
100
100
69
100
100
100
100
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
Candidates may enter for only one of the eight options per series. A single entry is all that is needed for both
examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
24
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Further Mathematics
Level 2 (IG)
Specification code
Basedata group code
8360
8360
Further Mathematics (Level 2)
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
600/2123/8
RB1B
Maths, Other
8360/1 Written paper 1 (non-calculator)
8360/2 Written paper 2 (calculator)
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8360

40
60
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Geography
Level 1/2 (IG)

Specification code
Basedata group code
8031
8031
Geography
outgoing spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
8031/1
8031/2
8031/3
600/4795/1
RF4
EBacc, Other
Written paper 1
Written paper 2
Written paper 3

Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8031

30
30
40
Max
UMS
60
60
80
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 exam series.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
25
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
German
Level 1/2 (IG)

Specification code
Basedata group code
8665
8665
Option A
Option B
Option C
Option D
Option E
Option F
Qualification number
600/5255/7
Discount code
FKG
Attainment 8 measure(s) Ebacc, Other
8665/LF
Listening test tier F
Listening Foundation + Reading
8665/RF
Reading test tier F
Foundation+ Speaking test + Writing 8665/S
Speaking test
Foundation
8665/WF
Writing test tier F
8665/LF
Listening test tier F
Listening Foundation + Reading
8665/RF
Reading test tier F
Foundation+ Speaking test + Writing 8665/S
Speaking test
Higher
8665/WH
Writing test tier H
8665/LF
Listening test tier F
Listening Foundation + Reading
8665/RH
Reading test tier H
Higher+ Speaking test + Writing
8665/S
Speaking test
Foundation
8665/WF
Writing test tier F
8665/LF
Listening test tier F
Listening Foundation + Reading
8665/RH
Reading test tier H
Higher+ Speaking test + Writing
8665/S
Speaking test
Higher
8665/WH
Writing test tier H
8665/LH
Listening test tier H
Listening Higher + Reading
8665/RF
Reading test tier F
Foundation+ Speaking test + Writing 8665/S
Speaking test
Foundation
8665/WF
Writing test tier F
8665/LH
Listening test tier H
Listening Higher + Reading
8665/RF
Reading test tier F
Foundation+ Speaking test + Writing 8665/S
Speaking test
Higher
8665/WH
Writing test tier H
Listening Higher + Reading Higher +
Option G
Speaking test + Writing Foundation
Option H
outgoing spec
Listening Higher + Reading Higher +
Speaking test + Writing Higher
8665/LH
8665/RH
8665/S
8665/WF
8665/LH
8665/RH
8665/S
8665/WH
Listening test tier H
Reading test tier H
Speaking test
Writing test tier F
Listening test tier H
Reading test tier H
Speaking test
Writing test tier H
Series Weighting Max
%
availability
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8665A

8665B

8665C

8665D

8665E

8665F

8665G

8665H

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
69
69
100
69
69
69
100
100
69
100
100
69
69
100
100
100
100
69
100
69
100
69
100
100
100
100
100
69
100
100
100
100
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
Candidates may enter for only one of the eight options per series. A single entry is all that is needed for both
examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
26
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
History
Level 1/2 (IG)
Specification code
Basedata group code
outgoing spec

8045
8045
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
8045/1
8045/2
8045/3
History
600/4411/1
DB
EBacc, Other
Written paper 1
Written paper 2
Written paper 3

Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8045

35
35
30
Max
UMS
140
140
120
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Mathematical Studies
Level 3 (L3)
Specification code
Basedata group code
1350
1350
new spec
Qualification number
601/4945/0
Discount code
2350
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Option A - Statistical techniques
Option B - Critical path and risk analysis
Option C - Graphical techniques
Paper 1
1350/1
Paper 2A
1350/2A 
Paper 1
1350/1
Paper 2B
1350/2B 
Paper 1
1350/1
Paper 2C
1350/2C 
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
mark
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
raw
1350A

1350B

1350C




50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may enter for only one of the three options per series. A single entry is all that is needed for both
examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
27
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Personal and Social Education 
QCF
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
5800
n/a
HB1
n/a
Qualification numbers:
Entry Level 1 Award
Entry Level 1 Certificate
Entry Level 2 Award
Entry Level 2 Certificate
Entry Level 3 Award
Entry Level 3 Certificate
500/8146/9
500/8143/3
500/8120/2
500/8119/6
500/8122/6
500/8121/4
Level 1 Award
Level 1 Certificate
Level 2 Award
Level 2 Certificate
500/3050/4
500/9966/8
500/8183/4
500/8184/6
All entries for the Personal and Social Education qualifications listed above must be made through the AQA
Gateway web-portal. Centres need only make one entry under the specification Personal and Social
Education (5800) each series.
During 2016/17 all Personal and Social Education qualifications will be available during four series: Autumn
2016, Winter 2016, Spring 2017 and Summer 2017.
The entry window will be made available as per the scheduled dates in the Administrative Procedures and an
e-mail will be sent to all centres that have submitted estimated entries for these qualifications.
Further information and a link to the web-portal can be found in the Administrative procedures 2016/17
document available from our website at aqa.org.uk/pse
28
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Physics
Level 1/2 (IG)
Specification code
Basedata group code
outgoing spec
8403
8403
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
600/4741/0
RC1
EBacc, Other
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8403/1
8403/2
Written paper 1
Written paper 2
8403

Physics
50
50
Max
UMS
100
100
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Preparation for Working Life
Short Course - Level 1 and Level 2 (L1L2)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4800
4800
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Qualification number: Level 1
Level 2
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
4800/W
4800/C
Preparation for Working Life
100/2292/2
100/2293/4
HC42
n/a
Written paper
Coursework

Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
4800

80
20
This specification is equivalent to a GCSE Short Course. A single entry is all that is needed for the
examination paper, coursework entry and certification.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Preparation for Working Life
Level 1/2 (AQAC)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4801
4801
Preparation for Working Life
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Qualification number
600/7049/3
Discount code
HC42
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
4801/1
4801/2
4801

Calculator
Non-calculator
70
30
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
This specification is available to private candidates.
29
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Science: Double Award
Level 1/2 (IG)
Specification code
Basedata group code
8404
8404
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
Biology Foundation +
Option A Chemistry Foundation +
Physics Foundation
Biology Foundation +
Option B Chemistry Foundation +
Physics Higher
Biology Foundation +
Option C Chemistry Higher +
Physics Foundation
Biology Foundation +
Option D Chemistry Higher +
Physics Higher
Biology Higher +
Option E Chemistry Foundation +
Physics Foundation
Biology Higher +
Option F Chemistry Foundation +
Physics Higher
Biology Higher +
Option G Chemistry Higher +
Physics Foundation
Biology Higher +
Option H Chemistry Higher +
Physics Higher
outgoing spec
8404/B/1F
8404/B/2F
8404/C/1F
8404/C/2F
8404/P/1F
8404/P/2F
8404/B/1F
8404/B/2F
8404/C/1F
8404/C/2F
8404/P/1H
8404/P/2H
8404/B/1F
8404/B/2F
8404/C/1H
8404/C/2H
8404/P/1F
8404/P/2F
8404/B/1F
8404/B/2F
8404/C/1H
8404/C/2H
8404/P/1H
8404/P/2H
8404/B/1H
8404/B/2H
8404/C/1F
8404/C/2F
8404/P/1F
8404/P/2F
8404/B/1H
8404/B/2H
8404/C/1F
8404/C/2F
8404/P/1H
8404/P/2H
8404/B/1H
8404/B/2H
8404/C/1H
8404/C/2H
8404/P/1F
8404/P/2F
8404/B/1H
8404/B/2H
8404/C/1H
8404/C/2H
8404/P/1H
8404/P/2H
600/7167/9
RA1E
EBacc, Other
Biology paper 1 tier F
Biology paper 2 tier F
Chemistry paper 1 tier F
Chemistry paper 2 tier F
Physics paper 1 tier F
Physics paper 2 tier F
Biology paper 1 tier F
Biology paper 2 tier F
Chemistry paper 1 tier F
Chemistry paper 2 tier F
Physics paper 1 tier H
Physics paper 2 tier H
Biology paper 1 tier F
Biology paper 2 tier F
Chemistry paper 1 tier H
Chemistry paper 2 tier H
Physics paper 1 tier F
Physics paper 2 tier F
Biology paper 1 tier F
Biology paper 2 tier F
Chemistry paper 1 tier H
Chemistry paper 2 tier H
Physics paper 1 tier H
Physics paper 2 tier H
Biology paper 1 tier H
Biology paper 2 tier H
Chemistry paper 1 tier F
Chemistry paper 2 tier F
Physics paper 1 tier F
Physics paper 2 tier F
Biology paper 1 tier H
Biology paper 2 tier H
Chemistry paper 1 tier F
Chemistry paper 2 tier F
Physics paper 1 tier H
Physics paper 2 tier H
Biology paper 1 tier H
Biology paper 2 tier H
Chemistry paper 1 tier H
Chemistry paper 2 tier H
Physics paper 1 tier F
Physics paper 2 tier F
Biology paper 1 tier H
Biology paper 2 tier H
Chemistry paper 1 tier H
Chemistry paper 2 tier H
Physics paper 1 tier H
Physics paper 2 tier H
Series Weighting Max
%
availability
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8404A

8404B

8404C

8404D

8404E

8404F

8404G

8404H

16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
100
100
69
69
100
100
69
69
69
69
100
100
100
100
100
100
69
69
69
69
100
100
69
69
100
100
100
100
100
100
69
69
100
100
100
100
100
100
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
Candidates may enter for only one of the eight options per series. A single entry is all that is needed for both
examination papers and certification.
The entry code is dependent on the combination of tiers being entered. Within each of the three subject areas
(Biology, Chemistry, Physics) candidates must take the same tier for both papers 1 and 2, but need not take
the same tier in each of the three subject areas.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
30
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Spanish
Level 1/2 (IG)

Specification code
Basedata group code
8695
8695
Option A
Option B
Option C
Option D
Option E
Option F
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
8695/LF
Listening Foundation + Reading
8695/RF
Foundation + Speaking test + Writing 8695/S
Foundation
8695/WF
8695/LF
Listening Foundation + Reading
8695/RF
Foundation + Speaking test + Writing 8695/S
Higher
8695/WH
8695/LF
Listening Foundation + Reading
8695/RH
Higher + Speaking test + Writing
8695/S
Foundation
8695/WF
8695/LF
Listening Foundation + Reading
8695/RH
Higher + Speaking test + Writing
8695/S
Higher
8695/WH
8695/LH
Listening Higher + Reading
8695/RF
Foundation + Speaking test + Writing 8695/S
Foundation
8695/WF
8695/LH
Listening Higher + Reading
8695/RF
Foundation + Speaking test + Writing 8695/S
Higher
8695/WH
Listening Higher + Reading Higher +
Option G
Speaking test + Writing Foundation
Option H
outgoing spec
Listening Higher + Reading Higher +
Speaking test + Writing Higher
8695/LH
8695/RH
8695/S
8695/WF
8695/LH
8695/RH
8695/S
8695/WH
600/5534/0
FKS
Ebacc, Other
Listening test tier F
Reading test tier F
Speaking test
Writing test tier F
Listening test tier F
Reading test tier F
Speaking test
Writing test tier H
Listening test tier F
Reading test tier H
Speaking test
Writing test tier F
Listening test tier F
Reading test tier H
Speaking test
Writing test tier H
Listening test tier H
Reading test tier F
Speaking test
Writing test tier F
Listening test tier H
Reading test tier F
Speaking test
Writing test tier H
Listening test tier H
Reading test tier H
Speaking test
Writing test tier F
Listening test tier H
Reading test tier H
Speaking test
Writing test tier H
Series Weighting Max
%
availability
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8695A

8695B

8695C

8695D

8695E

8695F

8695G

8695H

25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
69
69
100
69
69
69
100
100
69
100
100
69
69
100
100
100
100
69
100
69
100
69
100
100
100
100
100
69
100
100
100
100
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
Candidates may enter for only one of the eight options per series. A single entry is all that is needed for both
examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
31
Entry codes 2016/17 - AQA Certificate (all levels, including QCF)
Use of Mathematics
Level 1/2 (FSM) (AQAC)
Series Weighting Max
%
availability
UMS
Specification codes:
Units 1 & 2
Unit 3 & award
4980
4350
Basedata group codes:
Units 1 & 2
Unit 3 & award
4980
4350
Qualification numbers:
Money Management
Spatial Techniques
Using Data
Financial Calculations
Shape and Space
Data Handling
Algebra and Graphs
Unit 3 & award
601/3600/5
601/3602/9
601/3601/7
601/3603/0
601/3605/4
601/3604/2
601/3606/6
500/9480/4
Discount codes:
Money Management
Spatial Techniques
Using Data
Financial Calculations
Shape and Space
Data Handling
Algebra and Graphs
Unit 3 & award
2430
2480
2420
2380
2450
2400
2470
RB7H
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(award only):
Other
Foundation
FSMQ
Unit 1
and
Unit 2
Higher FSMQ
Unit 3
Core
Subject award
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Money Management
Calculator allowed

4981

33.3
69
Using Spatial Techniques
Calculator allowed

4982

33.3
69
Using Data
Calculator allowed

4983

33.3
69
Financial Calculations
Calculator allowed

4984

33.3
100
Shape and Space
Calculator allowed

4985

33.3
100
Data Handling
Calculator allowed

4986

33.3
100
Algebra and Graphs
Calculator allowed

4988

33.3
100
Foundation tier
Calculator allowed

43503F

33.3
69
Higher tier
Calculator allowed

43503H

33.3
100
4351

-
300
two from 4981, 4982, 4983, 4984, 4985, 4986, 4988
+ 43503F or 43503H
The e-AQA qualification code for units 1 and 2 (the FSMQ units) is FSM. The qualification code for unit 3 and
the subject award is AQAC.
This course is equivalent to GCSE Mathematics. A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to
make an entry for the overall subject award (4351) if certification is required in June 2017.
The two FSMQ choices must not be from the same topic area. The following combinations of units may not
be used towards an award in this qualification:
•
4981 Money Management
with
4984 Financial Calculations
•
4982 Using Spatial Techniques
with
4985 Shape and Space
•
4983 Using Data
with
4986 Data Handling
This specification is available to private candidates.
32
Entry codes 2016/17 - ELC
Step Up to English
ELC
Series
availability
Qualification number
601/5978/9
Specification code
5970
Discount code
HD2
Basedata group code 5970
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Entry
code
Weight Max Max
%
mark mark
Jan
June
2017
2017
1A17
6G17
21/10/16 21/2/17
raw scaled
Silver Step
Silver step Literacy Topics
Silver step Creative Reading and Writing
5972/1 
5972/2 
NEA
5972


50
50
120
60
120
120
Gold Step
Gold step Literacy Topics
Gold step Creative Reading and Writing
5973/1 
5973/2 
NEA
5973


50
50
120
60
120
120
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may enter for only one of the two steps per series. A single entry is all that is needed for the nonexam assessments and certification.
Only one of the two NEA components for either step can be carried forward in the same exam series. The
other component must be re-taken.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Mathematics
ELC
Specification code
Basedata group code
Final re-sit opportunity
4930
4930
Qualification number
100/5203/3
Discount code
2210
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Mathematics
Portfolio

Series
availability
Entry code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
4930

This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Mathematics
ELC
Specification code
Basedata group code
new spec
5930
5930
Qualification number
601/5874/8
Discount code
HD4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Mathematics
Portfolio
Series
availability
Entry
code

5930
Jan 2017 June 2017
1A17
6G17
21/10/16
21/2/17
X

These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Certification is available for the first time in June 2017 and then the January and June series thereafter.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
33
Entry codes 2016/17 - ELC
Personal and Social Education
QCF
Specification code
5800
See page 28.
Science
ELC
Qualification number
Discount code
outgoing spec
5948
5948
Qualification number
600/1709/0
Discount code
1310
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Science
Portfolio

Series
availability
Entry code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
5948

This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series. Our new ELC Science (Single Award) and
ELC Science (Double Award) will be available for first certification in June 2018.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Step Up to English
ELC
34
See page 33
Entry codes 2016/17 - FCSE
Chinese (Mandarin)
FCSE
Specification codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Basedata group codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
5871
5872
5873
5871
5872
5873
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Discount codes
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
600/3087/2
600/3088/4
600/3086/0
5950
5950
5950
n/a
Entry code
Series
availability
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Chinese (Mandarin) Short Course in Spoken Language
Portfolio

5871

Chinese (Mandarin) Short Course in Written Language
Portfolio

5872

Chinese (Mandarin) Full Course
Portfolio

5873

Entry code
Series
availability
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
This specification is not available to private candidates.
French
FCSE
Specification codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Basedata group codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
5856
5857
5858
5856
5857
5858
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Discount codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
600/3090/2
600/3091/4
600/3089/6
5650
5650
5650
n/a
French Short Course in Spoken Language
Portfolio

5856

French Short Course in Written Language
Portfolio

5857

French Full Course
Portfolio

5858

This specification is not available to private candidates.
35
Entry codes 2016/17 - FCSE
German
FCSE
Specification codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Basedata group codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
5866
5867
5868
5866
5867
5868
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Discount codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
600/3093/8
600/3094/X
600/3092/6
5670
5670
5670
n/a
Entry code
Series
availability
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
German Short Course in Spoken Language
Portfolio

5866

German Short Course in Written Language
Portfolio

5867

German Full Course
Portfolio

5868

Entry code
Series
availability
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Italian
FCSE
Specification codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Basedata group codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
outgoing spec
5831
5832
5833
5831
5832
5833
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Discount codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
600/3153/0
600/3154/2
600/3152/9
5690
5690
5690
n/a
Italian Short Course in Spoken Language
Portfolio

5831

Italian Short Course in Written Language
Portfolio

5832

Italian Full Course
Portfolio

5833

This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
36
Entry codes 2016/17 - FCSE
Spanish
FCSE
Specification codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Basedata group codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
5896
5897
5898
5896
5897
5898
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Discount codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
600/3156/6
600/3157/8
600/3155/4
5750
5750
5750
n/a
Entry code
Series
availability
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Spanish Short Course in Spoken Language
Portfolio

5896

Spanish Short Course in Written Language
Portfolio

5897

Spanish Full Course
Portfolio

5898

This specification is not available to private candidates.
37
Entry codes 2016/17 - FSMQ
Free-Standing Mathematics Qualifications
Foundation level (FSM)
Specification code
Qualification numbers:
Money Management
Spatial Techniques
Using Data
Foundation units
4980
601/3600/5
601/3602/9
601/3601/7
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Money Management
Spatial Techniques
Using Data
Attainment 8 measure(s)
Series
Maximum
availability
UMS
4980
2430
2480
2420
n/a
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Money Management

4981

69
Using Spatial Techniques

4982

69
Using Data

4983

69
UMS marks are issued for each of these free-standing maths qualifications as they can be used towards the
Certificate in Use of Mathematics (see page 32).
These units are available to private candidates.
Free-Standing Mathematics Qualifications
Higher level (FSM)
Specification code
Qualification numbers:
Financial Calculations
Shape and Space
Data Handling
Algebra and Graphs
Higher units
4980
601/3603/0
601/3605/4
601/3604/2
601/3606/6
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Financial Calculations
Shape and Space
Data Handling
Algebra and Graphs
Attainment 8 measure(s)
Series
Maximum
availability
UMS
4980
2380
2450
2400
2470
n/a
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Financial Calculations

4984

100
Shape and Space

4985

100
Data Handling

4986

100
Algebra and Graphs

4988

100
UMS marks are issued for each of these free-standing maths qualifications as they can be used towards the
Certificate in Use of Mathematics (see page 32).
These units are available to private candidates.
38
Entry codes 2016/17 - FSMQ Pilot
Free-Standing Mathematics Qualifications Restricted pilot
Advanced level (FSM)
Specification codes:
Data Analysis
Hypothesis Testing
Dynamics
Principles for Finance
Decision Maths
Calculus
Qualification numbers:
Data Analysis
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
100/6449/7
Hypothesis Testing
500/4006/6
Dynamics
500/4090/X
Personal Finance
500/4092/3
Decision Maths
500/4007/8
Calculus
500/4008/X
Basedata group codes:
Data Analysis
Hypothesis Testing
Dynamics
Principles for Finance
Decision Maths
Calculus
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
Discount codes:
Data Analysis
Data Analysis
Hypothesis Testing
Hypothesis Testing
Dynamics
Dynamics
Personal Finance
Personal Finance
Decision Maths
Decision Maths
Calculus
Calculus
RB7F
2421
RB7I
2491
RB56
2441
RB7B
2381
RB6A
2490
RB55
2440
Attainment 8 measure(s)
Advanced units
KS4
KS5
KS4
KS5
KS4
KS5
KS4
KS5
KS4
KS5
KS4
KS5
Series
Maximum
availability
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
n/a
Data Analysis

9993

100
Hypothesis Testing

9994

100
Dynamics

9995

100
Mathematical Principles for Personal Finance

9996

100
Decision Mathematics

9997

100
Calculus

9998

100
This is a pilot specification and, as such, centres will be invited to take part with the maximum number of
centres and candidates participating being determined by the regulator.
UMS marks are issued for each of these free-standing qualifications as they can be used towards the GCE in
Use of Mathematics Pilot (see page 151).
These units are available to private candidates only at centres approved for the pilot.
39
Entry codes 2016/17 - Functional Skills
English
Functional Skills Entry 1 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4971
4971
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0115/X
Discount code
HD2
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Series
availability
Entry
code
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17
Reading
Controlled assessment
4971R




Writing
Controlled assessment
4971W




Speaking, listening and communication
Controlled assessment
4971S




4976




Subject award 4971R + 4971W + 4971S
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
Entry for the Reading, Writing and Speaking elements will not trigger certification. You will also need to make
an entry for the overall Entry 1 subject award (4976) if certification is required.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
English
Functional Skills Entry 2 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4972
4972
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0116/1
Discount code
HD2
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Series
availability
Entry
code
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17
Reading
Controlled assessment
4972R




Writing
Controlled assessment
4972W




Speaking, listening and communication
Controlled assessment
4972S




4977




Subject award 4972R + 4972W + 4972S
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
Entry for the Reading, Writing and Speaking elements will not trigger certification. You will also need to make
an entry for the overall Entry 2 subject award (4977) if certification is required.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
40
Entry codes 2016/17 - Functional Skills
English
Functional Skills Entry 3 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4973
4973
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0117/3
Discount code
HD2
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Series
availability
Entry
code
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17
Reading
Controlled assessment
4973R




Writing
Controlled assessment
4973W




Speaking, listening and communication
Controlled assessment
4973S




4978




Subject award 4973R + 4973W + 4973S
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
Entry for the Reading, Writing and Speaking elements will not trigger certification. You will also need to make
an entry for the overall Entry 3 subject award (4978) if certification is required.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
41
Entry codes 2016/17 - Functional Skills
English
Functional Skills Level 1 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Reading
4720
4720
Series
availability
Entry
code
Paper based
47201




47201S




47202




47202S




47203




4721




On-screen
Paper based
Writing
On-screen
Speaking, listening and communication
Subject award
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17
Qualification number
500/8701/0
Discount code
HD2
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Controlled assessment
47201 or 47201S + 47202 or 47202S + 47203
Entry for the Reading, Writing and Speaking elements will not trigger certification. You will also need to make
an entry for the overall Level 1 subject award (4721) if certification is required.
A different entry code is used to identify on-screen and paper based options: please ensure that the correct
entry code is used.
The software required to run the test can be installed free of charge. Further information on the on-screen
tests, including details of the minimum system requirements, can be found on our website at aqa.org.uk/ost
Concurrent entries for both the paper based and on-screen routes for the same element will not be accepted.
This specification is available to private candidates where
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has already received a result for the controlled assessment unit, it can be used towards
the award.
or
42
Entry codes 2016/17 - Functional Skills
English
Functional Skills Level 2 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Reading
4725
4725
Series
availability
Entry
code
Paper based
47251




47251S




47252




47252S




47253




4726




On-screen
Paper based
Writing
On-screen
Speaking, listening and communication
Subject award
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17
Qualification number
500/9126/8
Discount code
HD2
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Controlled assessment
47251 or 47251S + 47252 or 47252S + 47253
Entry for the Reading, Writing and Speaking elements will not trigger certification. You will also need to make
an entry for the overall Level 2 subject award (4726) if certification is required.
A different entry code is used to identify on-screen and paper based options: please ensure that the correct
entry code is used.
The software required to run the test can be installed free of charge. Further information on the on-screen
tests, including details of the minimum system requirements, can be found on our website at aqa.org.uk/ost
Concurrent entries for both the paper based and on-screen routes for the same element will not be accepted.
This specification is available to private candidates where
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has already received a result for the controlled assessment unit, it can be used towards
the award.
or
43
Entry codes 2016/17 - Functional Skills
ICT
Functional Skills Entry 1 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4911
4911
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0091/0
Discount code
CN1
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
ICT Entry 1
Controlled assessment task

Series
availability
Entry
code
4911
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
ICT
Functional Skills Entry 2 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4912
4912
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0118/5
Discount code
CN1
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
ICT Entry 2
Controlled assessment task

Series
availability
Entry
code
4912
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
ICT
Functional Skills Entry 3 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
ICT Entry 3
4913
4913
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/1351/5
Discount code
CN1
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Controlled assessment task

Series
availability
Entry
code
4913
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
44
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




Entry codes 2016/17 - Functional Skills
ICT
Functional Skills Level 1 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4527
4527
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/9029/X
Discount code
CN1
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Series
availability
Entry
code
4527
ICT Level 1
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
To meet the requirements of the software used in the Functional ICT examination your centre must have PC’s
with a Windows operating system. If you do not have PC’s with a Windows operating system, please contact
the subject team at ictfunctionalskills@aqa.org.uk
This specification is available to private candidates.
ICT
Functional Skills Level 2 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
ICT Level 2
4528
4528
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/9030/6
Discount code
CN1
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Five day assessment window

Series
availability
Entry
code
4528
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
To meet the requirements of the software used in the Functional ICT examination your centre must have PC’s
with a Windows operating system. If you do not have PC’s with a Windows operating system, please contact
the subject team at ictfunctionalskills@aqa.org.uk
This specification is available to private candidates.
45
Entry codes 2016/17 - Functional Skills
Mathematics
Functional Skills Entry 1 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4931
4931
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0119/7
Discount code
HD4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Mathematics Entry 1
Controlled assessment tasks

Series
availability
Entry
code
4931
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Mathematics
Functional Skills Entry 2 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4932
4932
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0120/3
Discount code
HD4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Mathematics Entry 2
Controlled assessment tasks

Series
availability
Entry
code
4932
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Mathematics
Functional Skills Entry 3 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Mathematics Entry 3
4933
4933
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0075/2
Discount code
HD4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Controlled assessment tasks

Series
availability
Entry
code
4933
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
46
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




Entry codes 2016/17 - Functional Skills
Mathematics
Functional Skills Level 1 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4367
4367
Series
availability
Qualification number
500/8703/4
Discount code
HD4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Entry
code

4367
Mathematics Level 1
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




This specification is available to private candidates.
Mathematics
Functional Skills Level 2 (FS)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4368
4368
Series
availability
Qualification number
500/8702/2
Discount code
HD4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Entry
code

4368
Mathematics Level 2
Nov
Jan
March
June
2016
2017
2017
2017
BG16
1A17
3G17
6A17
4/10/16 21/10/16 21/1/17 21/2/17




This specification is available to private candidates.
47
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Accounting
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2120
Discount codes: AS KS4 AK6
2120
AS KS5 7410
AS 500/2325/1
ADV
7410
ADV 500/2329/9
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Introduction to Financial Accounting
ACCN1

50
25
100
Unit 2 Financial and Management Accounting
ACCN2

50
25
100
Unit 3 Further Aspects of Financial Accounting
ACCN3

-
25
100
Unit 4 Further Aspects of Management Accounting
ACCN4

-
25
100
AS subject award
ACCN1 + ACCN2
1121

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ACCN1 + ACCN2 + ACCN3 + ACCN4
2121

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1121, 2121 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Anthropology
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2110
2110
AS
500/7690/5
ADV 500/7691/7
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 EE23
AS KS5 4892
ADV
4892
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
ANTH1

50
25
100
ANTH2

50
25
100
Unit 3 Global and Local: Societies, Environments and Globalisation
ANTH3

-
25
100
Unit 4 Practising Anthropology: Methods and Investigations
ANTH4

-
25
100
Unit 1 Being Human: Unity and Diversity
Unit 2
Becoming a Person: Processes, Practices and
Consequences
AS subject award
ANTH1 + ANTH2
1111

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ANTH1 + ANTH2 + ANTH3 + ANTH4
2111

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1111, 2111 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
48
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Applied Business
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
AS Single
AS Double
ADV Single
ADV + AS Addl
ADV Double
Attainment 8
measure(s):
8610
8610
100/4771/2
100/4773/6
100/4772/4
500/3673/7
100/4774/8
outgoing spec
Discount codes:
AS Single KS4
AS Single KS5
AS Double KS4
AS Double kS5
ADV Single
ADV + AS Addl
ADV Double
June 2017
AS
6A17
sgl
21/2/17
AS ADV ADV ADV Max
dbl sgl + AS dbl UMS
Unit 1 Investigating Business
Portfolio
BS01

33.3 16.7 16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 2 People in Business
Portfolio
BS02

33.3 16.7 16.7 11.1 8.3 100

BS03

33.3 16.7 16.7 11.1 8.3 100
BS04

-
16.7
-
11.1 8.3 100

BS05

-
16.7
-
11.1 8.3 100
Unit 6 Developing a Product
Portfolio
BS06

-
16.7
-
11.1 8.3 100
Unit 7 Career Planning
Portfolio
BS07

-
16.7
-
11.1 8.3 100
Unit 8 Business Planning
Portfolio
BS08

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 9 Marketing Strategy
Portfolio
BS09

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 10 Promotional Activities
Portfolio
BS10

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 11 The Marketing Environment
BS11

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 12 Managing People
BS12

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 4 Meeting Customer Needs
Unit 5
A2
Entry
code
n/a
Unit 3 Financial Planning and Monitoring
AS
AA3
0002
AA3
0002
0002
0002
0002
Series
availability
Business Communication and Information
Systems
Unit 13 Managing Information
Portfolio
BS13

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 14 Managing Change
Portfolio
BS14

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
BS15

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
BS16

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
8611

-
-
-
-
-
300
8613

-
-
-
-
-
600
8616

-
-
-
-
-
600
Unit 15 Financial Accounting for Managers
Unit 16 Managing Resources
Portfolio
AS Single subject award
BS01 + BS02 + BS03
AS Double subject award
BS01 + BS02 + BS03
+ three from BS04, BS05, BS06, BS07
ADV Single subject award
BS01 + BS02 + BS03 + BS08
+ two from BS09 to BS16, which must include at least
one from BS11, BS12, BS15
continued on next page
49
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Applied Business (continued)
GCE
ADV with AS (Additional) subject award
BS01 + BS02 + BS03 + BS08
+ three from BS04 to BS07
8617

-
-
-
-
-
900
8619

-
-
-
-
-
1200
+ two from BS09 to BS16, which must include at
least one from BS11, BS12, BS15
ADV Double subject award
BS01 + BS02 + BS03 + BS08
+ three from BS04 to BS07
+ five from BS09 to BS16, which must include at
least two from BS11, BS12, BS15
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity will be available in June
2018. Please see pages 15 - 16 for details of our new AQA Level 3 Certificate in Applied Business
qualifications.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(8611, 8613, 8616, 8617, 8619 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
50
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Applied Science
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
AS Single
AS Double
ADV Single
ADV + AS Addl
ADV Double
Attainment 8
measure(s):
8770
8770
100/5009/7
100/5010/3
100/5011/5
500/3703/1
100/5012/7
outgoing spec
Discount codes:
AS Single KS4
AS Single KS5
AS Double KS4
AS Double KS5
ADV Single
ADV + AS Addl
ADV Double
RA14
0008
RA14
0008
0008
0008
0008
Portfolio
Unit 2 Energy Transfer Systems
June 2017
AS
6A17
sgl
21/2/17
AS ADV ADV ADV Max
dbl sgl + AS dbl UMS
SC01

33.3 16.7 16.7 11.1 8.3 100
SC02

33.3 16.7 16.7 11.1 8.3 100
33.3 16.7 16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 3 Finding Out About Substances
Portfolio
SC03

Unit 4 Food Science and Technology
Portfolio
SC04

-
16.7
-
11.1 8.3 100
SC05

-
16.7
-
11.1 8.3 100
Portfolio
SC06

-
16.7
-
11.1 8.3 100
Portfolio
SC07

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
SC08

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 5 Choosing and Using Materials
Unit 6 Synthesising Organic Compounds
Unit 7
Planning and Carrying out a
Scientific Investigation
Unit 8 Medical Physics
A2
Entry
code
n/a
Unit 1 Investigating Science at Work
AS
Series
availability
Unit 9 Sports Science
Portfolio
SC09

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 10 Physics of Performance Effects
Portfolio
SC10

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
SC11

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Portfolio
SC12

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Portfolio
SC13

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
SC14

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 11 Controlling Chemical Processes
Unit 12
The Actions and Development
of Medicines
Unit 13 Colour Chemistry
Unit 14 The Healthy Body
Unit 15 The Role of the Pathology Service
Portfolio
SC15

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
Unit 16 Ecology, Conservation and Recycling
Portfolio
SC16

-
-
16.7 11.1 8.3 100
AS Single subject award
SC01 + SC02 + SC03
8771

-
-
-
-
-
300
AS Double subject award
SC01 + SC02 + SC03 + SC04 + SC05 + SC06
8773

-
-
-
-
-
600
8776

-
-
-
-
-
600
ADV Single subject award
SC01 + SC02 + SC03 + SC07
+ one from SC08, SC11, SC14
+ one from SC09, SC10, SC12, SC13, SC15, SC16
continued on next page
51
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Applied Science (continued)
GCE
ADV with AS (Additional) subject award
SC01 + SC02 + SC03 + SC04 + SC05 + SC06
+ SC07 + one from SC08, SC11, SC14
8777

-
-
-
-
-
900
8779

-
-
-
-
-
1200
+ one from SC09, SC10, SC12, SC13, SC15, SC16
ADV Double subject award
SC01 + SC02 + SC03 + SC04 + SC05 + SC06
+ SC07 + two from SC08, SC11, SC14
+ three from SC09, SC10, SC12, SC13, SC15, SC16
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity will be available in June
2018. Please see pages 17 - 18 for details of our new AQA Level 3 Certificate in Applied Science
qualifications.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(8771, 8773, 8776, 8777, 8779 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
52
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Archaeology
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2010
Discount codes: AS KS4
DC
2010
AS KS5 4730
AS 500/2252/0
ADV
4730
ADV 500/2255/6
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 The Archaeology of Religion and Ritual
ARCH1

40
20
80
Unit 2 Archaeological Skills and Methods
ARCH2

60
30
120
Unit 3 World Archaeology
ARCH3

-
30
120
ARCH4

-
20
80
Unit 4 Archaeological Investigation
Coursework
AS subject award
ARCH1 + ARCH2
1011

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ARCH1 + ARCH2 + ARCH3 + ARCH4
2011

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1011, 2011 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
Candidates studying the coursework unit (ARCH4) are strongly advised to submit a Personal study outline
form to ensure that the proposed topic of study lies within the bounds of the specification.
It is also strongly advised that the approval of the topic is obtained before the candidate embarks on any
investigations.
53
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design:
Art, Craft and Design
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2200
Discount codes: AS KS4 JA2
2200
AS KS5 3510
AS 500/2659/8
ADV
3510
ADV 500/2660/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Coursework portfolio
Unit 2 Externally set assignment
Unit 3 Personal investigation
Unit 4 Externally set assignment
Coursework

Coursework

Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
ARTA1

50
25
100
ARTA2

50
25
100
ARTA3

-
25
100
ARTA4

-
25
100
AS subject award
ARTA1 + ARTA2
1201A

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ARTA1 + ARTA2 + ARTA3 + ARTA4
2201A

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1201A, 2201A as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
54
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: Art, craft and design  new spec
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
ADV
7241
7201
601/4706/4
601/4456/7
Discount
codes:
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 JA2
AS KS5 3510
June 2017
Entry
ADV
3510
6A17
code
21/2/17
Component 1 NEA - Portfolio
7241/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7241/X  
Component 1 NEA - Personal investigation
7201/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7201/X 

7241

7201

Max
mark
raw
scaled
60
96
288
40
96
192
60
96
288
40
96
192
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for the non-exam assessments and certification.
Only one of the two AS NEA components can be carried forward in the same exam series. The other
component must be re-taken.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
55
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: Fine Art
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2200
2200
AS 500/2659/8
ADV 500/2660/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Final re-sit opportunity
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 JA2
AS KS5 3690
ADV
3690
Unit 1 Coursework portfolio
Unit 2 Externally set assignment
Unit 3 Personal investigation
Unit 4 Externally set assignment
Coursework

Coursework

Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
ARTB1

50
25
100
ARTB2

50
25
100
ARTB3

-
25
100
ARTB4

-
25
100
AS subject award
ARTB1 + ARTB2
1202B

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ARTB1 + ARTB2 + ARTB3 + ARTB4
2202B

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1202B, 2202B as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
56
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: Fine art 
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
ADV
7242
7202
601/4706/4
601/4456/7
new spec
Discount
codes:
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 JA2
AS KS5 3690
June 2017
Entry
ADV
3690
6A17
code
21/2/17
Component 1 NEA - Portfolio
7241/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7241/X  
Component 1 NEA - Personal investigation
7202/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7202/X 

7242

7202

Max
mark
raw
scaled
60
96
288
40
96
192
60
96
288
40
96
192
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for the non-exam assessments and certification.
Only one of the two AS NEA components can be carried forward in the same exam series. The other
component must be re-taken.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
57
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design:
Graphic Communication
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2200
Discount codes: AS KS4 JA2
2200
AS KS5 3550
AS 500/2659/8
ADV
3550
ADV 500/2660/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Coursework portfolio
Unit 2 Externally set assignment
Unit 3 Personal investigation
Unit 4 Externally set assignment
Coursework

Coursework

Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
ARTC1

50
25
100
ARTC2

50
25
100
ARTC3

-
25
100
ARTC4

-
25
100
AS subject award
ARTC1 + ARTC2
1203C

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ARTC1 + ARTC2 + ARTC3 + ARTC4
2203C

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1203C, 2203C as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
58
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: Graphic communication  new spec
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
ADV
7243
7203
601/4706/4
601/4456/7
Discount
codes:
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 JA2
AS KS5 3550
June 2017
Entry
ADV
3550
6A17
code
21/2/17
Component 1 NEA - Portfolio
7243/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7243/X  
Component 1 NEA - Personal investigation
7203/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7203/X 

7243

7203

Max
mark
raw
scaled
60
96
288
40
96
192
60
96
288
40
96
192
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for the non-exam assessments and certification.
Only one of the two AS NEA components can be carried forward in the same exam series. The other
component must be re-taken.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
59
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: Photography
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2200
2200
AS 500/2659/8
ADV 500/2660/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Final re-sit opportunity
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 KJ1
AS KS5 3570
ADV
3570
Unit 1 Coursework portfolio
Unit 2 Externally set assignment
Unit 3 Personal investigation
Unit 4 Externally set assignment
Coursework

Coursework

Entry
code
Series
Weighting
availability
%
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
ARTF1

50
25
100
ARTF2

50
25
100
ARTF3

-
25
100
ARTF4

-
25
100
AS subject award
ARTF1 + ARTF2
1206F

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ARTF1 + ARTF2 + ARTF3 + ARTF4
2206F

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1206F, 2206F as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
60
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: Photography 
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
ADV
7246
7206
601/4706/4
601/4456/7
new spec
Discount
codes:
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 KJ1
AS KS5 3570
June 2017
Entry
ADV
3570
6A17
code
21/2/17
Component 1 NEA – Portfolio
7246/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7246/X  
Component 1 NEA - Personal investigation
7206/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7206/X 

7246

7206

Max
mark
raw
scaled
60
96
288
40
96
192
60
96
288
40
96
192
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for the non-exam assessments and certification.
Only one of the two AS NEA components can be carried forward in the same exam series. The other
component must be re-taken.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
61
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: Textile Design
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2200
Discount codes: AS KS4 JA2
2200
AS KS5 3650
AS 500/2659/8
ADV
3650
ADV 500/2660/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Coursework portfolio
Unit 2 Externally set assignment
Unit 3 Personal investigation
Unit 4 Externally set assignment
Coursework

Coursework

Entry
code
Series
Weighting
availability
%
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
ARTD1

50
25
100
ARTD2

50
25
100
ARTD3

-
25
100
ARTD4

-
25
100
AS subject award
ARTD1 + ARTD2
1204D

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ARTD1 + ARTD2 + ARTD3 + ARTD4
2204D

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1204D, 2204D as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
62
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: Textile design 
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
ADV
7244
7204
601/4706/4
601/4456/7
Discount
codes:
new spec
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 JA2
AS KS5 3650
June 2017
Entry
ADV
3650
6A17
code
21/2/17
Component 1 NEA - Portfolio
7244/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7244/X  
Component 1 NEA - Personal investigation
7204/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7204/X 

7244

7204

Max
mark
raw
scaled
60
96
288
40
96
192
60
96
288
40
96
192
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for the non-exam assessments and certification. The GCE Advanced
qualification will be available from the June 2017 exam series.
Only one of the two AS NEA components can be carried forward in the same exam series. The other
component must be re-taken.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
63
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: 3-D Design
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2200
Discount codes: AS KS4 JA2
2200
AS KS5 3670
AS 500/2659/8
ADV
3670
ADV 500/2660/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Coursework portfolio
Unit 2 Externally set assignment
Unit 3 Personal investigation
Unit 4 Externally set assignment
Coursework

Coursework

Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
ARTE1

50
25
100
ARTE2

50
25
100
ARTE3

-
25
100
ARTE4

-
25
100
AS subject award
ARTE1 + ARTE2
1205E

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ARTE1 + ARTE2 + ARTE3 + ARTE4
2205E

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1205E, 2205E as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
64
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Art and Design: 3-D design
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
ADV
7245
7205
601/4706/4
601/4456/7
new spec
Discount
codes:
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 JA2
AS KS5 3670
June 2017
Entry
ADV
3670
6A17
code
21/2/17
Component 1 NEA - Portfolio
7245/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7245/X  
Component 1 NEA - Personal investigation
7205/C
Component 2 NEA - Externally set assignment
7205/X 

7245

7205

Max
mark
raw
scaled
60
96
288
40
96
192
60
96
288
40
96
192
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for the non-exam assessments and certification.
Only one of the two AS NEA components can be carried forward in the same exam series. The other
component must be re-taken.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
65
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Bengali
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
Series
Weighting
availability
%
2635
Discount codes: AS KS4 FKB
2635
AS KS5 5930
AS 500/2319/6
ADV
5930
ADV 500/2336/6
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
EBacc, Other
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
AS
Unit 1 Reading and writing
BENG1

100
50
100
A2
Unit 2 Reading and writing
BENG2

-
50
100
AS subject award
BENG1
1636

-
-
100
ADV subject award
BENG1 + BENG2
2636

-
-
200
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1636, 2636 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
66
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Biology
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2410
Discount codes: AS KS4 RH3
2410
AS KS5 1010
AS 500/2352/4
ADV
1010
ADV 500/2339/1
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
EBacc, Other
AS
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Biology and Disease
BIOL1

33.3 16.7
100
Unit 2 The Variety of Living Organisms
BIOL2

46.7 23.3
140
Unit 3
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Investigative and Practical
Skills in AS Biology
Externally assessed EMPA
 NBIO3X
BIO/HBI/3X

20
10
60
16.7
100
Unit 4 Populations and environment
BIOL4

-
Unit 5 Control in cells and in organisms
BIOL5

-
23.3
140

-
10
60
1411

-
-
300
2411

-
-
600
Unit 6
Investigative and Practical
Skills in A2 Biology
Externally assessed EMPA
 NBIO6X
BIO/HBI/6X
AS subject award
BIOL1 + BIOL2 + NBIO3T* or NBIO3X or BIO3T* or BIO3X*
ADV subject award
BIOL1 + BIOL2 + NBIO3T* or NBIO3X or BIO3T* or BIO3X*
+ BIOL4 + BIOL5 + NBIO6T* or NBIO6X or BIO6T* or BIO6X*
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1411, 2411 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
As the EMPA assessments are common to GCE Biology and GCE Human Biology in the June 2017 exam
series, concurrent entries for the following will not be accepted:
•
•
Biology unit 3 option X (NBIO3X) and Human Biology unit 3 option X (NHBI3X)
Biology unit 6 option X (NBIO6X) and Human Biology unit 6 option X (NHBI6X)
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
Units 3 and 6, option X - candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise and authenticate
the practical PSV/EMPA and written components of the EMPA
•
the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) can be used
to certificate the appropriate subject award.
or
67
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Biology
GCE
new spec
Specification codes:
Qualification numbers:
AS
ADV
AS
ADV
7401
7402
601/4624/2
601/4625/4
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 RH3
AS KS5 1010
ADV
1010
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
EBacc, Other
AS
ADV
Paper 1
7401/1
Paper 2
7401/2
Paper 1
7402/1
Paper 2
7402/2
Paper 3
7402/3
Practical skills endorsement
7402/C
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7401

7402

Max
mark
50
75
50
75
35
91
35
91
30
78
-
-
These specifications are not available to centres in Northern Ireland, or for centres within the maintained
sector in Wales. For more information, see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, endorsement entry (where applicable) and
certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
The AS specification is available to private candidates.
The Advanced specification is available to private candidates provided that the centre is able to make
appropriate arrangements for the practical skills endorsement to be completed and assessed.
68
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Business Studies
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2130
2130
AS 500/2266/0
ADV 500/2249/0
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Final re-sit opportunity
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 AA3
AS KS5 3210
ADV
3210
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Planning and Financing a Business
BUSS1

40
20
80
Unit 2 Managing a Business
BUSS2

60
30
120
Unit 3 Strategies for Success
BUSS3

-
25
100
BUSS4

-
25
100
Unit 4 The Business Environment and Managing Change

AS subject award
BUSS1 + BUSS2
1131

-
-
200
ADV subject award
BUSS1 + BUSS2 + BUSS3 + BUSS4
2131

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1131, 2131 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
69
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Business
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
new spec
7131
7132
601/4337/X
601/4336/8
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 AA3
AS KS5 3210
ADV
3210
Paper 1 Business 1
7131/1
Paper 2 Business 2
7131/2
Paper 1 Business 1
7132/1
ADV Paper 2 Business 2
7132/2
Paper 3 Business 3
7132/3
AS
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7131

7132

Max
mark
50
80
50
80
33.3
100
33.3
100
33.3
100
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
Applied Business
GCE
70
outgoing spec
See page 49
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Chemistry
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
Final re-sit opportunity
2420
Discount codes: AS KS4 RD1
2420
AS KS5 1110
AS 500/2657/4
ADV
1110
ADV 500/2614/8
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
Ebacc, Other
AS
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Foundation Chemistry
CHEM1

33.3 16.7
100
Unit 2 Chemistry in Action
CHEM2

46.7 23.3
140
Externally assessed EMPA  CHM3X

20
10
60
Unit 4 Kinetics, Equilibria and Organic Chemistry
CHEM4

-
20
120
Unit 5 Energetics, Redox and Inorganic Chemistry
CHEM5

-
20
120
Externally assessed EMPA  CHM6X

-
10
60
1421

-
-
300
2421

-
-
600
Unit 3
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Unit 6
Investigative and Practical
Skills in AS Chemistry
Investigative and Practical
Skills in A2 Chemistry
AS subject award
CHEM1 + CHEM2 + CHM3T* or CHM3X
ADV subject award
CHEM1 + CHEM2 + CHM3T* or CHM3X
+ CHEM4 + CHEM5 + CHM6T* or CHM6X
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1421, 2421 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
Units 3 and 6, option X - candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise and authenticate
the practical PSV/EMPA and written components of the EMPA
•
the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) can be used
to certificate the appropriate subject award.
or
71
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Chemistry
GCE
new spec
Specification codes:
Qualification numbers:
AS
ADV
AS
ADV
7404
7405
601/5730/6
601/5731/8
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 RD1
AS KS5 1110
ADV
1110
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
Ebacc, Other
AS
ADV
Paper 1
7404/1
Paper 2
7404/2
Paper 1
7405/1
Paper 2
7405/2
Paper 3
7405/3
Practical skills endorsement
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7404

7405
7405/C

Max
mark
50
80
50
80
35
105
35
105
30
90
-
-
These specifications are not available to centres in Northern Ireland, or for centres within the maintained
sector in Wales. For more information, see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
The AS specification is available to private candidates.
The Advanced specification is available to private candidates provided that the centre is able to make
appropriate arrangements for the practical skills endorsement to be completed and assessed.
72
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Citizenship Studies
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2100
Discount codes: AS KS4 EE31
2100
AS KS5 4910
AS 500/2590/9
ADV
4910
ADV 500/2586/7
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Entry
code
June 2016
6A16
AS
21/2/16
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Identity, Rights and Responsibilities
CIST1

40
20
80
Unit 2 Democracy, Active Citizenship and Participation
CIST2

60
30
120
Unit 3 Power and Justice
CIST3

-
25
100
CIST4

-
25
100
Unit 4 Global Issues and Making a Difference

AS subject award
CIST1 + CIST2
1101

-
-
200
ADV subject award
CIST1 + CIST2 + CIST3 + CIST4
2101

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1101, 2101 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
73
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Classical Civilisation
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2020
Discount codes: AS KS4 DB2B
2020
AS KS5 6530
AS 500/2225/8
ADV
6530
ADV 500/2226/X
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Unit 1
AS
Unit 2
Unit 3
A2
Unit 4
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Option A: Greek Architecture and Sculpture
CIV1A

50
25
100
Option B: Athenian Democracy
CIV1B

50
25
100
Option C: Aristophanes and Athens
CIV1C

50
25
100
Option D: Women in Athens and Rome
CIV1D

50
25
100
Option E: Menander and Plautus
CIV1E

50
25
100
Option F: The Life and Times of Cicero
CIV1F

50
25
100
Option A: Homer lliad
CIV2A

50
25
100
Option B: Homer Odyssey
CIV2B

50
25
100
Option C: Athenian Vase Painting
CIV2C

50
25
100
Option D: Athenian Imperialism
CIV2D

50
25
100
Option E: Roman Architecture and Town Planning
CIV2E

50
25
100
Option F: The Second Punic War
CIV2F

50
25
100
Option A: Mycenaean Civilisation
CIV3A

-
25
100
Option B: The Persian Wars
CIV3B

-
25
100
Option C: Greek Tragedy
CIV3C

-
25
100
Option D: Augustus and the Foundation of the Principate
CIV3D

-
25
100
Option A: Socrates and Athens
CIV4A

-
25
100
Option B: Alexander
CIV4B

-
25
100
Option C: Roman Epic
CIV4C

-
25
100
Option D: Tiberius and Claudius
CIV4D

-
25
100
1021

-
-
200
2021

-
-
400
AS subject award
one from CIV1A–CIV1F
+ one from CIV2A–CIV2F
ADV subject award
one from CIV1A–CIV1F
+ one from CIV2A–CIV2F
+ one from CIV3A–CIV3D
+ one from CIV4A–CIV4D
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1021, 2021 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
74
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Communication and Culture
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2625
Discount codes: AS KS4 KA1
2625
AS KS5 5310
AS 500/2243/X
ADV
5310
ADV 500/2248/9
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Understanding Communication and Culture
Unit 2 The Individual and Contemporary Culture
Portfolio/web-folio
Unit 3 Communicating Culture
Unit 4 Communication and Culture in Practice
Portfolio/web-folio
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
COMM1

50
25
100
COMM2

50
25
100
COMM3

-
25
100
COMM4

-
25
100
AS subject award
COMM1 + COMM2
1626

-
-
200
ADV subject award
COMM1 + COMM2 + COMM3 + COMM4
2626

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1626, 2626 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
Details of all the elements on the portfolio/web-folio work for units 2 and 4 will be available on the subject page
of our website http://www.aqa.org.uk/subjects/communication-and-culture under the ‘updates’ section in the
year before the year of assessment.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
75
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Computing
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2510
Discount codes: AS KS4 CK1
2510
AS KS5 2610
AS 500/2574/0
ADV
2610
ADV 500/2573/9
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Problem Solving, Programming, Data Representation

Unit 1
and Practical Exercise
AS
Computer Components, The Stored Program Concept
Unit 2
and The Internet
Problem Solving, Programming, Operating Systems,
Unit 3
Databases and Networking
A2
Unit 4 The Computing Practical Project
Coursework
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
COMP1

60
30
120
COMP2

40
20
80
COMP3

-
30
120
COMP4

-
20
80
AS subject award
COMP1 + COMP2
1511

-
-
200
ADV subject award
COMP1 + COMP2 + COMP3 + COMP4
2511

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1511, 2511 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
76
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Computer Science
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
A - C#
B - Java
AS
C - Pascal/Delphi
D - Python
E - VB.Net
A - C#
B - Java
new spec
7516
7517
601/4699/0
601/4569/9
Discount
codes:
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 CK11
AS KS5 26100
June 2017
Entry
ADV
26100
6A17
code
21/2/17
Max
mark
raw
scaled
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
50
75
75
40
100
150
40
100
150
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7516/1A
Paper 2 Data representation
7516/2
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7516/1B
Paper 2 Data representation
7516/2
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7516/1C
Paper 2 Data representation
7516/2
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7516/1D
Paper 2 Data representation
7516/2
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7516/1E
Paper 2 Data representation
7516/2
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7517/1A
Paper 2 Data representation
7517/2
NEA
7517/C
20
75
75
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7517/1B
40
100
150
Paper 2 Data representation
7517/2
40
100
150
NEA
7517/C
20
75
75
7517/1C
40
100
150
40
100
150
Computing practical project
Computing practical project
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7516A

7516B

7516C

7516D

7516E

7517A
7517B
7517C


ADV C - Pascal/Delphi Paper 2 Data representation
7517/2
NEA
7517/C
20
75
75
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7517/1D
40
100
150
Paper 2 Data representation
7517/2
40
100
150
NEA
7517/C
20
75
75
Paper 1 Programming (on-screen)
7517/1E
40
100
150
Paper 2 Data representation
7517/2
40
100
150
NEA
7517/C
20
75
75
D - Python
E - VB.Net
Computing practical project
Computing practical project
Computing practical project
7517D
7517E



(continued on next page)
77
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Computer Science (continued) (new spec)
GCE
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may enter for only one of the AS options and/or one of the Advanced options per series.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, non-exam assessment (where applicable) and
certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
78
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Creative Writing
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2750
Discount codes: AS KS4 KC3
2750
AS KS5 5230
AS 600/7746/3
ADV
5230
ADV 600/7745/1
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Writing On Demand
Unit 2 Exploring Creative Writing
Coursework
Unit 3 From Reading to Writing
Unit 4 The Writing Portfolio
Coursework
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
CREW1

40
20
80
CREW2

60
30
120
CREW3

-
20
80
CREW4

-
30
120
AS subject award
CREW1 + CREW2
1751

-
-
200
ADV subject award
CREW1 + CREW2 + CREW3 + CREW4
2751

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1751, 2751 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
79
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Dance
GCE
outgoing spec
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2230
Discount codes: AS KS4 LB1
2230
AS KS5 7230
AS 500/2221/0
ADV
7230
ADV 500/2220/9
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Understanding Dance
Unit 2 Choreography and Performance
Coursework

Unit 3 Dance Appreciation: Content and Context
Unit 4
Group Choreography and Solo Performance
Externally assessed practical examination

Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
DANC1

40
20
80
DANC2

60
30
120
DANC3

-
25
100
DANC4

-
25
100
AS subject award
DANC1 + DANC2
1231

-
-
200
ADV subject award
DANC1 + DANC2 + DANC3 + DANC4
2231

-
-
400
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity will be available in June
2018. Students starting AS studies for the first time in September 2016 are expected to study the new
specification.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1231, 2231 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise, authenticate and mark the coursework
unit
•
if the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit, then the result must be used to
certificate the appropriate subject award
or
80
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Dance
GCE
new spec
Specification codes:
AS 7236
Discount
ADV 7237
codes:
Qualification numbers: AS 601/8298/2
ADV 601/8297/0
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Performance and choreography
NEA
(marked by AQA)
AS
Paper
Critical engagement
ADV
NEA
Paper
AS KS4 LB1
AS KS5 7230
ADV
7230
7236/X 
7236/W
Performance and choreography
(marked by AQA)
7237/X 
Critical engagement
7237/W
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7236

7237

Max
mark
50
80
50
80
50
80
50
80
A single entry is all that is needed for the examination paper, non-exam assessment and certification. The
GCE Advanced qualification will be available from the June 2018 exam series.
Centres entering 5 or more students will be eligible for an examiner visit to assess the NEA. Centres entering
4 candidates or fewer must attend an assessment hub.
Examiner visits (1 March – 30 May) are arranged based on Estimated Entries. You must submit estimates to
receive a visit.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
.
81
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Design and Technology: Food Technology
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2540
Discount codes: AS KS4 NH6
2540
AS KS5 9020
AS 500/2219/2
ADV
9020
ADV 500/2218/0
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Materials, Components and Application
Unit 2 Learning Through Designing and Making
Coursework
Unit 3 Design and Manufacture
Unit 4 Designing and Making Practice
Coursework
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
FOOD1

50
25
100
FOOD2

50
25
100
FOOD3

-
25
100
FOOD4

-
25
100
AS subject award
FOOD1 + FOOD2
1541

-
-
200
ADV subject award
FOOD1 + FOOD2 + FOOD3 + FOOD4
2541

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1541, 2541 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise, authenticate and mark the coursework
unit(s)
•
if the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) must be
used to certificate the appropriate subject award
or
82
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (3-D Design)
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2550
Discount codes: AS KS4 VF2
2550
AS KS5 9080
AS 500/2216/7
ADV
9080
ADV 500/2215/5
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Materials, Components and Application
Unit 2 Learning Through Designing and Making
Coursework
Unit 3 Design and Manufacture
Unit 4 Designing and Making Practice
Coursework
Entry
code
Series
Weighting
availability
%
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
PROD1

50
25
100
PROD2

50
25
100
PROD3

-
25
100
PROD4

-
25
100
AS subject award
PROD1 + PROD2
1551

-
-
200
ADV subject award
PROD1 + PROD2 + PROD3 + PROD4
2551

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1551, 2551 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise, authenticate and mark the coursework
unit(s)
•
if the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) must be
used to certificate the appropriate subject award
or
83
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (Textiles)
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2560
Discount codes: AS KS4 XA5A
2560
AS KS5 9050
AS 500/2253/2
ADV
9050
ADV 500/2241/6
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Materials, Components and Application
Unit 2 Learning Through Designing and Making
Coursework
Unit 3 Design and Manufacture
Unit 4 Designing and Making Practice
Coursework
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
TEXT1

50
25
100
TEXT2

50
25
100
TEXT3

-
25
100
TEXT4

-
25
100
AS subject award
TEXT1 + TEXT2
1561

-
-
200
ADV subject award
TEXT1 + TEXT2 + TEXT3 + TEXT4
2561

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1561, 2561 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise, authenticate and mark the coursework
unit(s)
•
if the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) must be
used to certificate the appropriate subject award
or
84
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control
Technology
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2555
Discount codes: AS KS4 WA2
2555
AS KS5 9060
AS 500/2217/9
ADV
9060
ADV 500/2186/2
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Materials, Components and Application
Unit 2 Learning Through Designing and Making
Coursework
Unit 3 Design and Manufacture
Unit 4 Designing and Making Practice
Coursework
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
SYST1

50
25
100
SYST2

50
25
100
SYST3

-
25
100
SYST4

-
25
100
AS subject award
SYST1 + SYST2
1556

-
-
200
ADV subject award
SYST1 + SYST2 + SYST3 + SYST4
2556

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1556, 2556 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise, authenticate and mark the coursework
unit(s)
•
if the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) must be
used to certificate the appropriate subject award
or
85
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Drama and Theatre Studies
GCE
outgoing spec
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2240
Discount
AS KS4 LC11
2240
codes:
AS KS5 5210
AS 500/2350/0
ADV
5210
ADV 500/2307/X
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Live Theatre Production Seen
DRAM1A Written paper A
Unit 1
DRAM1B Written paper B
and Prescribed Play
AS
Presentation of an Extract From
Unit 2
a Play (practical performance)
Further Prescribed Plays including
Unit 3
Pre-Twentieth Century
A2
Presentation of Devised Drama
Unit 4
(practical performance)
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
DRAM1

60
30
120
DRAM2

40
20
80
DRAM3

-
30
120
DRAM4

-
20
80
AS subject award
DRAM1 + DRAM2
1241

-
-
200
ADV subject award
DRAM1 + DRAM2 + DRAM3 + DRAM4
2241

-
-
400
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity will be available in June
2018. Students starting AS studies for the first time in September 2016 are expected to study the new
specification.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1241, 2241 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates only where the candidate has previously received a result
for the practical performance unit(s), which must be used to certificate the appropriate subject award.
86
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Drama and Theatre
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
new spec
7261
7262
601/8585/5
601/8494/2
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 LC11
AS KS5 5210
June 2017
Entry
ADV
5210
6A17
code
21/2/17
Paper
Interpreting drama
7261/W
NEA
Process and performance
7261/C
Paper 1 Drama and theatre
ADV NEA
NEA
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
7261

7262/W
Creating original drama
7262/C
Making theatre (marked by AQA)
7262/X
7262

Max
mark
raw
scaled
40
80
80
60
60
120
40
80
80
30
60
60
30
60
60
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, non-exam assessments and certification. The GCE
Advanced qualification will be available from the June 2018 exam series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
87
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Economics
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2140
Discount
AS KS4
EB
2140
codes:
AS KS5 4410
June 2017
Entry
AS 500/2202/7
ADV
4410
6A17
AS
code
ADV 500/2204/0
21/2/17
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Economics: Markets and
ECON1/1 Objective test

Unit 1
50
ECON1/2 Written paper ECON1
Market Failure
AS
ECON2/1 Objective test

Unit 2 Economics: The National Economy
50
ECON2/2 Written paper ECON2
A2
Unit 3
Economics: Business Economics and
the Distribution of Income
Unit 4 Economics: The National and International Economy
Max
UMS
ADV
25
100
25
100
ECON3

-
25
100
ECON4

-
25
100
AS subject award
ECON1 + ECON2
1141

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ECON1 + ECON2 + ECON3 + ECON4
2141

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1141, 2141 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
88
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Economics
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
new spec
7135
7136
601/4372/1
601/4371/X
Discount
codes:
AS KS4
EB
AS KS5 4410
ADV
4410
Paper 1 The Operation of Markets and Market Failure
7135/1
Paper 2 The National Economy in a Global Context
7135/2
Paper 1 Markets and Market Failure
7136/1
ADV Paper 2 National and International Economy
Paper 3 Economic Principles and Issues
7136/2
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7135

7136
7136/3

Max
mark
50
70
50
70
33.3
80
33.3
80
33.3
80
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
89
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Electronics
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2430
2430
AS 500/2355/X
ADV 500/2341/X
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 RC52
AS KS5 1730
ADV
1730
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
ADV
Unit 1 Introductory Electronics
ELEC1

35
17.5
105
Unit 2 Further Electronics
ELEC2

35
17.5
105
ELEC3

30
15
90
Unit 4 Programmable Control Systems
ELEC4

-
17.5
105
Unit 5 Communications Systems
ELEC5

-
17.5
105
ELEC6

-
15
90
1431

-
-
300
2431

-
-
600
Unit 3 Practical System Development
A2
Entry
code
Max
UMS
Unit 6 Practical System Synthesis
AS subject award
ADV subject award
ELEC1 + ELEC2 + ELEC3
ELEC1 + ELEC2 + ELEC3 + ELEC4
+ ELEC5 + ELEC6
Coursework
Coursework
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1431, 2431 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
90
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Language A
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
Final re-sit opportunity
2700
Discount codes: AS KS4 FK2B
2700
AS KS5 5030
AS 500/2507/7
ADV
5030
ADV 500/2496/6
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
English, Other
AS
A2
Unit 1 Seeing Through Language
Unit 2 Representation and Language
Coursework
Unit 3 Language Explorations
Unit 4 Language Investigations and Interventions
Coursework
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
ENGA1

60
30
120
ENGA2

40
20
80
ENGA3

-
30
120
ENGA4

-
20
80
AS subject award
ENGA1 + ENGA2
1701

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ENGA1 + ENGA2 + ENGA3 + ENGA4
2701

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1701, 2701 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
91
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Language B
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
outgoing spec
2705
Discount codes: AS KS4 FK2B
2705
AS KS5 5030
AS 500/2498/X
ADV
5030
ADV 500/2497/8
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
English, Other
AS
A2
Unit 1 Categorising Texts
Unit 2 Creating Texts
Coursework
Unit 3 Developing Language
Unit 4 Investigating Language
Coursework
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
ENGB1

60
30
120
ENGB2

40
20
80
ENGB3

-
30
120
ENGB4

-
20
80
AS subject award
ENGB1 + ENGB2
1706

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ENGB1 + ENGB2 + ENGB3 + ENGB4
2706

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1706, 2706 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
92
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Language
GCE
Specification codes:
AS 7701
ADV 7702
Qualification numbers: AS 601/4846/9
ADV 601/4640/0
Attainment 8 measure(s) English, Other
AS
new spec
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 FK2B
AS KS5 5030
June 2017
Entry
ADV
5030
6A17
code
21/2/17
Paper 1 Language and the Individual
7701/1
Paper 2 Language Varieties
7701/2
Paper 1 Language, the Individual and Society
7702/1
ADV Paper 2 Language Diversity and Change
NEA
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
Language in Action
7702/2
7702/C
7701
7702


Max
mark
raw
scaled
50
70
70
50
70
70
40
100
200
40
100
200
20
100
100
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, non-exam assessment (where applicable) and
certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
The AS specification is available to private candidates.
The Advanced specification is available to private candidates provided that the centre is able to supervise,
authenticate and mark the non-exam assessment.
93
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Language and Literature A outgoing spec
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2720
Discount codes: AS KS4 FK2A
2720
AS KS5 5010
AS 500/2665/3
ADV
5010
ADV 500/2661/6
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Integrated Analysis and Text Production
ELLA1

50
25
100
Unit 2 Analysing speech and Its Representation
ELLA2

50
25
100
Unit 3 Comparative Analysis and Text Adaptation
ELLA3

-
30
120
ELLA4

-
20
80
Unit 4 Comparative Analysis through Independent Study
Coursework
AS subject award
ELLA1 + ELLA2
1721

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ELLA1 + ELLA2 + ELLA3 + ELLA4
2721

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1721, 2721 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
94
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Language
and Literature B
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2725
Discount codes: AS KS4 FK2A
2725
AS KS5 5010
June 2017
Entry
AS 500/2643/4
ADV
5010
6A17
AS
code
ADV 500/2595/8
21/2/17
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Introduction to Language and

Unit 1
Food anthology
 ELLB1F
60
Literature Study
AS

Unit 2 Themes in Language and Literature
Coursework ELLB2
40
A2
30
120
20
80

-
30
120
ELLB4

-
20
80
ELLB1F or ELLB1* or ELLB1T* + ELLB2
1726

-
-
200
ELLB1F or ELLB1* or ELLB1T* + ELLB2
+ ELLB3 + ELLB4
2726

-
-
400
Unit 4 Text Transformation
ADV subject award
ADV
ELLB3
Unit 3 Talk in Life and Literature
AS subject award
Max
UMS
Coursework
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1726, 2726 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
Unit ELLB1 (travel anthology) was first introduced in January 2009. In January 2012 the unit code was
changed from ELLB1 to ELLB1T to distinguish it from the new unit ELLB1F (food anthology) which was
introduced at the same time. Unit ELLB1T was last offered in the January 2012 series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
95
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Language and Literature
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
7706
7707
601/4642/4
601/4641/2
Discount
codes:
new spec
AS KS4 FK2A
AS KS5 5010
ADV
5010
Paper 1 Views and Voices
7706/1
Paper 2 People and Places
7706/2
Paper 1 Telling Stories
7707/1
ADV Paper 2 Exploring Conflict
NEA
Making Connections
7707/2
7707/C
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7706

7707

Max
mark
50
75
50
75
40
100
40
100
20
50
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, non-exam assessment (where applicable) and
certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
The AS specification is available to private candidates.
The Advanced specification is available to private candidates provided that the centre is able to supervise,
authenticate and mark the non-exam assessment.
96
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Literature A
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2740
Discount codes: AS KS4 FC4
2740
AS KS5 5110
AS 500/2576/4
ADV
5110
ADV 500/2568/5
Attainment 8 measure(s) English, Other
AS
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Option A: Victorian Literature
LTA1A

60
30
120
Unit 1 Option B: World War One Literature
LTA1B

60
30
120
LTA1C

60
30
120
LITA2

40
20
80
LITA3

-
30
120
LITA4

-
20
80
1741

-
-
200
2741

-
-
400
Option C: The Struggle for Identity in Modern Literature
Unit 2 Creative Study
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Coursework
Unit 3 Reading for Meaning
Unit 4 Extended Essay and Shakespeare Study
AS subject award
ADV subject award
Coursework
LTA1A or LTA1B or LTA1C + LITA2
LTA1A or LTA1B or LTA1C + LITA2 + LITA3
+ LITA4
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1741, 2741 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
97
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Literature B
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2745
2745
AS 500/2417/6
ADV 500/2312/3
Attainment 8 measure(s) English, Other
Aspects of Narrative
Unit 1

AS
outgoing spec
Discount
codes:
Unit 2 Dramatic Genres
A2
Unit 3
AS KS4 FC4
AS KS5 5110
ADV
5110
Coursework
Texts and Genres

Unit 4 Further and Independent Reading
Coursework

Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
LITB1

60
30
120
LITB2

40
20
80
LITB3

-
30
120
LITB4

-
20
80
AS subject award
LITB1 + LITB2
1746

-
-
200
ADV subject award
LITB1 + LITB2 + LITB3 + LITB4
2746

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1746, 2746 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
98
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Literature A
GCE
Specification codes:
AS 7711
ADV 7712
Qualification numbers: AS 601/5259/X
ADV 601/5327/1
Attainment 8 measure(s) English, Other
AS
new spec
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 FC4
AS KS5 5110
June 2017
Entry
ADV
5110
6A17
code
21/2/17
Paper 2 Love through the Ages: Prose
Paper 1 Love through the Ages
Paper 2
NEA
ADV
Texts in Shared Contexts: WW1 and its
Aftermath
Independent Critical Study: Texts across
Time
Paper 1 Love through the Ages
B
Paper 2
NEA
Texts in Shared Contexts: Modern Times:
Literature from 1945 to the Present Day
Independent Critical Study: Texts across
Time
Max
mark
raw
scaled
50
50
50
50
50
50
40
75
150
40
75
150
7712/C
20
50
75
7712/1
40
75
150
40
75
150
20
50
75
Paper 1 Love through the Ages: Shakespeare and Poetry 7711/1
A
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
7711/2
7711

7712/1
7712/2A 7712A
7712/2B 7712B
7712/C


These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates wishing to take the Advanced qualification will only be allowed to enter for one of the two
Advanced options (A or B) per series.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
The AS specification is available to private candidates.
The Advanced specification is available to private candidates provided that the centre is able to supervise,
authenticate and mark the non-exam assessment.
99
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
English Literature B
GCE
Specification codes:
new spec
AS 7716
ADV 7717
Qualification numbers: AS 601/5257/6
ADV 601/5328/3
Attainment 8 measure(s) English, Other
AA
AB
AS
BA
BB
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 FC4
AS KS5 5110
ADV
5110
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
40
75
300
40
75
300
7717/C
20
50
150
7717/1A
40
75
300
40
75
300
7717/C
20
50
150
7717/1B
40
75
300
40
75
300
7717/C
20
50
150
7717/1B
40
75
300
40
75
300
20
50
150
7716/1A
Paper 2 Prose and Poetry:
Tragedy
7716/2A
Paper 1 Drama:
Tragedy
7716/1A
Paper 2 Prose and Poetry:
Comedy
7716/2B
Paper 1 Drama:
Comedy
7716/1B
Paper 2 Prose and Poetry:
Tragedy
7716/2A
Paper 1 Drama:
Comedy
7716/1B
Paper 2 Prose and Poetry:
Comedy
7716/2B
Paper 1 Literary Genres:
Tragedy
7717/1A
Theory and Independence
Paper 1 Literary Genres:
Tragedy
AB Paper 2 Texts and Genres: Political Writing
ADV
scaled
Tragedy
NEA
NEA
Theory and Independence
Paper 1 Literary Genres:
Comedy
BA Paper 2 Texts and Genres: Crime Writing
NEA
Theory and Independence
Paper 1 Literary Genres:
Comedy
BB Paper 2 Texts and Genres: Political Writing
NEA
Theory and Independence
Max
mark
raw
Paper 1 Drama:
AA Paper 2 Texts and Genres: Crime Writing
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7716AA

7716AB

7716BA

7716BB

7717/2A 7717AA
7717/2B 7717AB
7717/2A 7717BA
7717/2B 7717BB
7717/C




These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may only enter for one of the AS and/or Advanced entry options per series. A single entry is all
that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
The AS specification is available to private candidates.
The Advanced specification is available to private candidates provided that the centre is able to supervise,
authenticate and mark the non-exam assessment.
100
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Environmental Studies
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2440
Discount codes: AS KS4 QA3
2440
AS KS5 1750
AS 500/2521/1
ADV
1750
ADV 500/2513/2
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 The Living Environment
ENVS1

40
20
80
Unit 2 The Physical Environment
ENVS2

60
30
120
Unit 3 Energy Resources and Environmental Pollution
ENVS3

-
25
100
Unit 4 Biological Resources and Sustainability
ENVS4

-
25
100
AS subject award
ENVS1 + ENVS2
1441

-
-
200
ADV subject award
ENVS1 + ENVS2 + ENVS3 + ENVS4
2441

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1441, 2441 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
101
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
French
GCE

Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
outgoing spec
2650
Discount codes: AS KS4 FKF
2650
AS KS5 5650
AS 500/2210/6
ADV
5650
ADV 500/2209/X
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
Ebacc, Other
Unit 2 Speaking test
Unit 4 Speaking test
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
ADV

70
35
140
Teacher conducted
FRE2T

30
15
60
Visiting examiner
FRE2V

30
15
60
FREN3

-
35
140
Teacher conducted
FRE4T

-
15
60
Visiting examiner
FRE4V

-
15
60
1651

-
-
200
2651

-
-
400
Unit 3 Listening, reading and writing
A2
Entry
code
Max
UMS
FREN1
Unit 1 Listening, reading and writing
AS
Series
Weighting
availability
%
AS subject award
FREN1 + FRE2T or FRE2V
ADV subject award
FREN1 + FRE2T or FRE2V + FREN3
+ FRE4T or FRE4V
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity, for which the visiting
examiner units will not be offered, will be available in June 2018. Students starting AS studies for the first time
in September 2016 are expected to study the new specification.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1651, 2651 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
Speaking tests (units 2 and 4):
•
Teacher conducted option
Centres must submit candidates’ speaking tests on CD or memory stick. The centre must obtain
candidates’ permission if any copies are made and retained at the centre. All such copies must be
deleted no later than the date of the publication of results for that series.
•
Visiting examiner option
Centres who request a visiting examiner must meet the requirement for a minimum of ten candidates.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to take the speaking tests (units 2 & 4) must attend an AQA approved centre that
can make appropriate arrangements for conducting the tests.
102
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
French
GCE
new spec
Specification codes:
7651
7652
601/8726/8
601/8727/X
Discount
codes:
scaled
45
90
90
25
50
50
7651/3T
30
60
60
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7651/1
45
90
90
Paper 2 Writing
7651/2
25
50
50
7651/3V
30
60
60
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7652/1
50
100
200
Paper 2 Writing
7652/2
20
80
80
7652/3T
30
60
120
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7652/1
50
100
200
Paper 2 Writing
7652/2
20
80
80
30
60
120
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
Ebacc, Other
T
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7651/1
Paper 2 Writing
7651/2
NEA
AS
V
NEA
T
NEA
ADV
V
AS KS4 FKF
AS KS5 5650
June 2017
ADV
5650 Entry
6A17
code
21/2/17
Max
mark
raw
Qualification numbers:
AS
ADV
AS
ADV
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
NEA
Teacher conducted speaking test
(marked by AQA)
Visiting examiner conducted speaking test
(marked by AQA)
Teacher conducted speaking test
(marked by AQA)
Visiting examiner conducted speaking test
(marked by AQA)
7652/3V
7651T
7651V
7652T
7652V




These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may enter for only one of the AS options and/or one of the Advanced options per series.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, non-exam assessment and certification. The GCE
Advanced qualification will be available from the June 2018 exam series.
Speaking tests:
•
Teacher conducted options
Centres must submit candidates’ speaking tests on CD or memory stick. The centre must obtain
candidates’ permission if any copies are made and retained at the centre. All such copies must be
deleted no later than the date of the publication of results for that series.
•
Visiting examiner options
Centres who request a visiting examiner must meet the requirement for a minimum of ten candidates.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
103
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
General Studies A
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2760
Discount codes: AS KS4 EA3
2760
AS KS5 7810
AS 500/2222/2
ADV
7810
ADV 500/2184/9
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 AS Culture and Society
GENA1/1 Objective test
GENA1/2 Written paper
GENA1

50
25
100
Unit 2 AS Science and Society
GENA2/1 Objective test
GENA2/2 Written paper
GENA2

50
25
100
GENA3

-
25
100
 GENA4

-
25
100
Unit 3 A2 Culture and Society
Unit 4 A2 Science and Society
AS subject award
GENA1 + GENA2
1761

-
-
200
ADV subject award
GENA1 + GENA2 + GENA3 + GENA4
2761

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1761, 2761 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
General Studies B
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2765
Discount codes: AS KS4 EA3
2765
AS KS5 7810
AS 500/2242/8
ADV
7810
ADV 500/2223/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Conflict
GENB1

50
25
100
Unit 2 Space
GENB2

50
25
100
Unit 3 Power
GENB3

-
25
100
Unit 4 Change
GENB4

-
25
100
AS subject award
GENB1 + GENB2
1766

-
-
200
ADV subject award
GENB1 + GENB2 + GENB3 + GENB4
2766

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1766, 2766 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
104
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Geography
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
outgoing spec
2030
Discount codes: AS KS4 RF4
2030
AS KS5 3910
AS 500/2594/6
ADV
3910
ADV 500/2592/2
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
EBacc, Other
AS
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Physical and Human Geography
GEOG1

70
35
140
Unit 2 Geographical Skills
GEOG2

30
15
60
Unit 3 Contemporary Geographical Issues
GEOG3

-
30
120
GEO4A

-
20
80
 GEO4B

-
20
80
1031

-
-
200
2031

-
-
400
Unit 4
Option A: Geography Fieldwork Investigation
Option B: Geographical Issue Evaluation
AS subject award
GEOG1 + GEOG2
ADV subject award
GEOG1 + GEOG2 + GEOG3
+ GEO4A or GEO4B
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity will be available in June
2018. Students starting AS studies for the first time in September 2016 are expected to study the new
specification.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1031, 2031 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
105
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Geography
GCE
Specification codes:
AS 7036
Discount
ADV 7037
codes:
Qualification numbers: AS 601/8971/X
ADV 601/8940/X
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Physical geography and
Paper 1
people and the environment
AS
Human geography and
Paper 2
Geography fieldwork investigation
Paper 1 Physical geography
ADV Paper 2 Human geography
NEA
Geography fieldwork investigation
new spec
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 RF4
AS KS5 3910
June 2017
Entry
ADV
3910
6A17
code
21/2/17
7036/1
7036

7036/2
7037/1
7037/2
7037/C
7037

Max
mark
raw
scaled
50
80
80
50
80
80
40
120
120
40
120
120
20
60
60
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, non-exam assessment (where applicable) and
certification. The GCE Advanced qualification will be available from the June 2018 exam series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
106
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
German
GCE

Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
outgoing spec
2660
Discount codes: AS KS4 FKG
2660
AS KS5 5670
AS 500/2207/6
ADV
5670
ADV 500/2208/8
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
Ebacc, Other
Unit 2 Speaking test
Unit 4 Speaking test
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
ADV

70
35
140
Teacher conducted
GER2T

30
15
60
Visiting examiner
GER2V

30
15
60
GERM3

-
35
140
Teacher conducted
GER4T

-
15
60
Visiting examiner
GER4V

-
15
60
1661

-
-
200
2661

-
-
400
Unit 3 Listening, reading and writing
A2
Entry
code
Max
UMS
GERM1
Unit 1 Listening, reading and writing
AS
Series
Weighting
availability
%
AS subject award
GERM1 + GER2T or GER2V
ADV subject award
GERM1 + GER2T or GER2V + GERM3
+ GER4T or GER4V
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity, for which the visiting
examiner units will not be offered, will be available in June 2018. Students starting AS studies for the first time
in September 2016 are expected to study the new specification.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1661, 2661 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
Speaking tests (units 2 and 4):
•
Teacher conducted option
Centres must submit candidates’ speaking tests on CD or memory stick. The centre must obtain
candidates’ permission if any copies are made and retained at the centre. All such copies must be
deleted no later than the date of the publication of results for that series.
•
Visiting examiner option
Centres who request a visiting examiner must meet the requirement for a minimum of ten candidates.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to take the speaking tests (units 2 & 4) must attend an AQA approved centre that
can make appropriate arrangements for conducting the tests.
107
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
German
GCE
new spec
Specification codes:
7661
7662
601/8728/1
601/8729/3
Discount
codes:
scaled
45
90
90
25
50
50
7661/3T
30
60
60
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7661/1
45
90
90
Paper 2 Writing
7661/2
25
50
50
7661/3V
30
60
60
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7662/1
50
100
200
Paper 2 Writing
7662/2
20
80
80
7662/3T
30
60
120
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7662/1
50
100
200
Paper 2 Writing
7662/2
20
80
80
30
60
120
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
Ebacc, Other
T
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7661/1
Paper 2 Writing
7661/2
NEA
AS
V
NEA
T
NEA
ADV
V
AS KS4 FKG
AS KS5 5670
June 2017
ADV
5670 Entry
6A17
code
21/2/17
Max
mark
raw
Qualification numbers:
AS
ADV
AS
ADV
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
NEA
Teacher conducted speaking test
(Marked by AQA)
Visiting examiner conducted speaking test
(Marked by AQA)
Teacher conducted speaking test
(Marked by AQA)
Visiting examiner conducted speaking test
(Marked by AQA)
7662/3V
7661T
7661V
7662T
7662V




These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may enter for only one of the AS options and/or one of the Advanced options per series.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers and certification. The GCE Advanced qualification
will be available from the June 2018 exam series.
Speaking tests:
•
Teacher conducted options
Centres must submit candidates’ speaking tests on CD or memory stick. The centre must obtain
candidates’ permission if any copies are made and retained at the centre. All such copies must be
deleted no later than the date of the publication of results for that series.
•
Visiting examiner options
Centres who request a visiting examiner must meet the requirement for a minimum of ten candidates.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
108
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Government and Politics
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2150
Discount codes: AS KS4
EA
2150
AS KS5 4830
AS 500/2481/4
ADV
4830
ADV 500/2480/2
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 People, Politics and Participation
GOVP1

50
25
100
Unit 2 Governing Modern Britain
GOVP2

50
25
100
Option A: The Politics of the USA
GOV3A

-
25
100
Option B: Ideologies
GOV3B

-
25
100
Option A: The Government of the USA
GOV4A

-
25
100
Option B: Political Issues: Ideologies in Action
GOV4B

-
25
100
1151

-
-
200
2151

-
-
400
Unit 3
A2
Unit 4
AS subject award
ADV subject award
GOVP1 + GOVP2
GOVP1 + GOVP2
+ GOV3A or GOV3B or GOV3C*
+ GOV4A or GOV4B or GOV4C*
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1151, 2151 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
Unit GOV3C (Politics and Power) and GOV4C (Perspectives on Modern Politics) were last offered in the
January 2012 series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
109
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Health and Social Care
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
AS single
AS double
ADV single
ADV double
Attainment 8 measure(s)
2820
2820
600/5259/4
600/5258/2
600/5257/0
600/5256/9
n/a
Series
availability
Discount codes:
AS single KS4
AS single KS5
AS double KS4
AS double KS5
ADV single
ADV double
Unit 1 Effective Care and Communication
AS
Unit 2
PA1
0003
PA1
0003
0003
0003
Portfolio
Understanding Health Conditions and
Patient Care Pathways
Unit 3 Life as a Challenge
Unit 4 Educating Children and Young People
Portfolio
Unit 5 Learning and Development
Unit 6 Practitioner Roles
A2
Portfolio
Unit 7 Food and Fitness
Entry
code
June 2017
AS
6A17
sgl
21/2/17
AS ADV ADV Max
dbl sgl dbl UMS
HSC01

50
25
25 12.5 100
HSC02

50
25
25 12.5 100
HSC03

50
25
25 12.5 100
HSC04

-
25
HSC05

-
-
25 12.5 100
HSC06

-
-
25 12.5 100
HSC07

-
-
25 12.5 100
-
12.5 100
Unit 8 Using and Understanding Research
Portfolio
HSC08

-
-
-
12.5 100
Unit 9 Understanding Mental Disorders
Portfolio
HSC09

-
-
-
12.5 100
HSC10

-
-
AS single subject award
HSC01 + HSC02 or HSC03
1821

-
-
-
-
200
AS double subject award
HSC01 + HSC02 + HSC03 + HSC04
1822

-
-
-
-
400
2821

-
-
-
-
400
2822

-
-
-
-
800
Unit 10 Diagnosis, Treatment and Preventative Strategies
ADV single subject award
HSC01 + HSC02 or HSC03 + HSC06
25 12.5 100
+ HSC05 or HSC07 or HSC10
ADV double subject award
HSC01 + HSC02 + HSC03 + HSC04 + HSC06
+ three from HSC05, HSC07, HSC08, HSC09, HSC10
which must include at least two from HSC05, HSC07,
HSC10
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1821, 1822, 2821, 2822 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
110
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
History
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
Option B:
2040
Discount codes: AS KS4
DB
2040
AS KS5 4010
June 2017
Entry
AS 500/2539/9
ADV
4010
6A17
AS
code
ADV 500/2538/7
Attainment 8 Measure(s)
21/2/17
(AS only): EBacc, Other
The Crusading Movement and the Latin East,

50
HIS1A
1095-1204

Britain, 1483-1529
50
B HIS1B
Option C:
The Reformation in Europe, c1500-1564
Option D:
Britain, 1603-1642
Option E:
Option F:
AS unit 1
Change and Consolidation
Option A:
ADV
25
100
25
100
HIS1C

50
25
100
HIS1D

50
25
100
Absolutist States: The Reign of Louis XIV, 1661-1715
HIS1E

50
25
100
France in Revolution, 1774-1815
HIS1F

50
25
100
B HIS1G

50
25
100
Option G: Britain, 1815-1865
B
Option H:
Tsarist Russia, 1855-1917
HIS1H

50
25
100
Option J:
The Development of Germany, 1871-1925
HIS1J

50
25
100
Option K:
Russia and Germany, 1871-1914
HIS1K

50
25
100
HIS1L

50
25
100
HIS1M

50
25
100
HIS1N

50
25
100
B
HIS2A

50
25
100
B
HIS2B

50
25
100
HIS2C

50
25
100
HIS2D

50
25
100
HIS2E

50
25
100
HIS2F

50
25
100
HIS2G

50
25
100
**Option L: Britain, 1906-1951
B
Option M: USA, 1890-1945
*Option N:
Option A:
AS unit 2
Historical Issues: Periods of Change
Max
UMS
Totalitarian Ideology in Theory and Practice,
c1848-c1941
Conqueror and Conquest, c1060-1087
Option B:
The Church in England: the Struggle for Supremacy,
1529-1547
Option C:
The Reign of Henry IV of France, 1589-1610
Option D:
Britain, 1625-1642: the Failure of Absolutism?
Option E:
The Reign of Peter the Great of Russia, 1682-1725
Option F:
Challenging British Dominance: the Loss of the
American Colonies, 1754-1783
B
B
Option G: The Forging of the Italian Nation, 1848-1871
Option H:
Britain, 1902-1918: The Impact of New Liberalism
B
HIS2H

50
25
100
Option J:
Britain and Appeasement, 1919-1940
B
HIS2J

50
25
100
HIS2K

50
25
100
HIS2L

50
25
100
*Option M: Life in Nazi Germany, 1933-1945
Anti-Semitism, Hitler and the German People,
*Option N:
1919-1945
HIS2M

50
25
100
HIS2N

50
25
100
Option O: The Impact of Chairman Mao: China, 1946-1976
HIS2O

50
25
100
HIS2P

50
25
100
HIS2Q

50
25
100
HIS2R

50
25
100
HIS2S

50
25
100
*Option K: A New Roman Empire? Mussolini’s Italy, 1922-1945
*Option L:
Option P:
The Impact of Stalin’s Leadership in the USSR,
1924-1941
The Campaign for African-American Civil Rights in
the USA, 1950-1968
Option Q: The USA and Vietnam, 1961-1975
Option R:
Option S:
A Sixties Social Revolution? British Society,
1959-1975
Liberal Democracies: Power to the People?
B
continued on next page
111
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
History (continued)
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Series
Weighting
availability
%
A2 unit 3
The State and the People: Change and Continuity
Entry
code
Option A:
The Angevin Kings of England: British Monarchy,
1154-1216
Option B: The Triumph of Elizabeth: Britain, 1547-1603
Option G: British State and People, 1865-1915
HIS3A

-
30
120
B
HIS3B

-
30
120
HIS3C

-
30
120
HIS3D

-
30
120
HIS3E

-
30
120
HIS3F

-
30
120
B HIS3G

-
30
120
HIS3H

-
30
120
HIS3J

-
30
120
B
B
Option H: Monarchies and Republics in France, 1815-1875
**Option J: The State and People: Britain 1918-1964
ADV
B
Option C: The Emergence of a Great Power? Spain, 1492-1556
Option D: British Monarchy: the Crisis of State, 1642-1689
France and the Enlightenment: Absolutism Under
Option E:
Threat, 1743-1789
Stability and War: British Monarchy and State,
Option F:
1714-1770
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
B
Option K:
Triumph and Collapse: Russia and the USSR,
1941-1991
HIS3K

-
30
120
Option L:
From Defeat to Unity: Germany, 1945-1991
HIS3L

-
30
120
B HIS3M

-
30
120
HIS3N

-
30
120
HIS4X

-
20
80
1041

-
-
200
2041

-
-
400
Option M: The Making of Modern Britain, 1951-2007
Option N: Aspects of International Relations, 1945-2004
A2 unit 4
Historical Enquiry
AS subject award
Coursework
one from HIS1A–HIS1N
+ one from HIS2A–HIS2S
ADV subject award
one from HIS1A–HIS1N
+ one from HIS2A–HIS2S
+ one from HIS3A–HIS3N
+ HIS4X
B = British History unit
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1041, 2041 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The following combinations of units may not be used to give a subject award:
*
HIS1N with HIS2K, HIS2L, HIS2M or HIS2N
**
HIS1L with HIS3J
continued on next page
112
Max
UMS
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
History (continued) (final re-sit opportunity)
GCE
In addition, there is the explicit requirement at A-level that students must study a significant period of British
History and also, at both AS and A2 Levels, that there must be a study of more than one country or state or
the study of different periods of history of the same country.
Advanced Subsidiary (AS) - centres may offer
either
one British (B) and one non-British unit.
or
two non-British units (different countries or states or different periods). This combination would
require centres to offer a British (B) unit 3 at A2.
RULE: Candidates cannot do two British (B) units for AS. Therefore, any combination of the following is
prohibited:
HIS1B, HIS1D, HIS1G, HIS1L
with
HIS2A, HIS2B, HIS2D, HIS2F, HIS2H, HIS2J, HIS2R.
Advanced (A2)
The requirements of the criteria will be met through the 100 years study within the requirements of the
Historical Enquiry (unit 4) matched with a study of either a different country, or state, or period, chosen from
unit 3.
RULE: Candidates must do a British (B) unit. Therefore, if candidates combine any of the following for AS:
One of
HIS1A, HIS1C, HIS1E, HIS1F, HIS1H, HIS1J, HIS1K, HIS1M, HIS1N
with one of
HIS2C, HIS2E, HIS2G, HIS2K, HIS2L, HIS2M, HIS2N, HIS2O, HIS2P, HIS2Q, HIS2S
they cannot take
HIS3C, HIS3E, HIS3H, HIS3K, HIS3L, HIS3N for A2.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates
113
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
History
GCE
new spec
Specification codes:
Qualification numbers:
AS
AS
ADV
AS
ADV
7041
7042
601/4974/7
601/4973/5
Discount
codes:
AS KS4
DB
AS KS5 4010
ADV
4010
Attainment 8 Measure(s):
(AS only): Ebacc, Other
Paper 1 Breadth Study - one of the AS paper 1 options A-L
Paper 2 Depth Study - one of the AS paper 2 options A-T
Paper 1 Breadth Study - one of the Advanced paper 1 options A-L
ADV Paper 2 Depth Study - one of the Advanced paper 2 options A-T
NEA
Historical Investigation (Personal Study)
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
see
notes
below

see
notes
below

Max
mark
50
50
50
50
40
80
40
80
20
40
AS components
Component (* indicates a British history option)
1A
1B
1C*
1D*
1E
AS Paper 1
1F*
Breadth study
1G*
1H
1J*
1K
1L
2A*
2B*
2C
2D*
2E*
2F
2G
2H
2J
AS Paper 2
2K
Depth study
2L
2M*
2N
2O
2P
2Q
2R
2S*
2T
114
The Age of the Crusades, c1071-1149
Spain in the Age of Discovery, 1469–1556
The Tudors: England, 1485–1547
Stuart Britain and the Crisis of Monarchy, 1603–1649
Russia in the Age of Absolutism and Enlightenment, 1682–1725
Industrialisation and the People: Britain, c1783–1832
Challenge and Transformation: Britain, c1851–1914
Tsarist and Communist Russia, 1855–1917
The British Empire, c1857–1914
The Making of a Superpower: USA, 1865–1920
The Quest for Political Stability: Germany, 1871–1929
Royal Authority and the Angevin Kings, 1154–1189
The Wars of the Roses, 1450–1471
The Reformation in Europe, c1500–1531
Religious Conflict and the Church in England, c1529–c1547
The English Revolution, 1625–1642
The Sun King: Louis XIV, France and Europe, 1643–1685
The Birth of the USA, 1760–1776
France in Revolution, 1774–1795
America: A Nation Divided, c1845–1861
International Relations and Global Conflict, c1890–1917
Italy and Fascism, c1900–1926
Wars and Welfare: Britain in Transition, 1906–1929
Revolution and Dictatorship: Russia and the Soviet Union, 1917–1929
Democracy and Nazism: Germany, 1918–1933
The Transformation of China, 1936–1962
The American Dream: Reality and Illusion, 1945–1963
The Cold War, c1945–1963
The Making of Modern Britain, 1951–1979
The Crisis of Communism: The USSR, 1953–2000
7041/1A
7041/1B
7041/1C
7041/1D
7041/1E
7041/1F
7041/1G
7041/1H
7041/1J
7041/1K
7041/1L
7041/2A
7041/2B
7041/2C
7041/2D
7041/2E
7041/2F
7041/2G
7041/2H
7041/2J
7041/2K
7041/2L
7041/2M
7041/2N
7041/2O
7041/2P
7041/2Q
7041/2R
7041/2S
7041/2T
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
AS notes
This specification is not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information, see
the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may only enter for one of the AS entry options per series. A single entry is all that is needed for
both examination papers and certification.
Candidates must be assessed in one British history option (indicated by an asterisk*) and one non-British
history option. In addition the following combinations of papers are not permitted:
• 1C cannot be combined with 2C
• 1D cannot be combined with 2F
AS entry codes
These are generated as follows:
• the first four characters are the AS specification code 7041
• the fifth character is the letter that indicates the paper 1 option
• the last character is the letter that indicates the paper 2 option.
The table below shows all the valid combinations of papers and associated AS entry codes. An asterisk*
indicates a British history option.
AS Paper 1 – Breadth Study
1A
1C*
1D*
1E
1F*
1G*
1H
1J*
1K
1L
2A*
7041AA 7041BA
-
-
7041EA
-
-
7041HA
-
7041KA 7041LA
2B*
7041AB 7041BB
-
-
7041EB
-
-
7041HB
-
7041KB 7041LB
-
7041DC
-
-
7041JC
2D* 7041AD 7041BD
-
-
7041ED
-
-
7041HD
-
7041KD 7041LD
7041AE 7041BE
-
-
7041EE
-
-
7041HE
-
7041KE 7041LE
-
-
7041FF 7041GF
-
7041JF
-
-
-
2C
2E*
AS Paper 2 – Depth Study
1B
-
7041FC 7041GC
-
-
2F
-
-
7041CF
2G
-
-
7041CG 7041DG
-
7041FG 7041GG
-
7041JG
-
-
2H
-
-
7041CH 7041DH
-
7041FH 7041GH
-
7041JH
-
-
2J
-
-
7041CJ 7041DJ
-
7041FJ 7041GJ
-
7041JJ
-
-
2K
-
-
7041CK 7041DK
-
7041FK 7041GK
-
7041JK
-
-
2L
-
-
7041CL 7041DL
-
7041FL 7041GL
-
7041JL
-
-
7041HM
-
2M* 7041AM 7041BM
-
-
7041EM
-
-
7041KM 7041LM
2N
-
-
7041CN 7041DN
-
7041FN 7041GN
-
7041JN
-
-
2O
-
-
7041CO 7041DO
-
7041FO 7041GO
-
7041JO
-
-
2P
-
-
7041CP 7041DP
-
7041FP 7041GP
-
7041JP
-
-
2Q
-
-
7041CQ 7041DQ
-
7041FQ 7041GQ
-
7041JQ
-
-
2R
-
-
7041CR 7041DR
-
7041FR 7041GR
-
7041JR
-
-
7041HS
-
-
7041JT
2S*
2T
7041AS 7041BS
-
-
-
-
7041CT 7041DT
7041ES
-
-
-
7041FT 7041GT
7041KS 7041LS
-
-
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
The AS specification is available to private candidates.
115
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Advanced components
Component (* indicates a British history option)
1A
1B
1C*
1D*
1E
ADV Paper 1
1F*
Breadth study
1G*
1H
1J*
1K
1L
2A*
2B*
2C
2D*
2E*
2F
2G
2H
2J
ADV Paper 2
2K
Depth studt
2L
2M*
2N
2O
2P
2Q
2R
2S*
2T
NEA
The Age of the Crusades, c1071–1204
Spain in the Age of Discovery, 1469–1598
The Tudors: England, 1485–1603
Stuart Britain and the Crisis of Monarchy, 1603–1702
Russia in the Age of Absolutism and Enlightenment, 1682–1796
Industrialisation and the People: Britain, c1783–1885
Challenge and Transformation: Britain, c1851–1964
Tsarist and Communist Russia, 1855–1964
The British Empire, c1857–1967
The Making of a Superpower: USA, 1865–1975
The Quest for Political Stability: Germany, 1871–1991
Royal Authority and the Angevin Kings, 1154–1216
The Wars of the Roses, 1450–1499
The Reformation in Europe, c1500–1564
Religious Conflict and the Church in England, c1529–c1570
The English Revolution, 1625–1660
The Sun King: Louis XIV, France and Europe, 1643–1715
The Birth of the USA, 1760–1801
France in Revolution, 1774–1815
America: A Nation Divided, c1845–1877
International Relations and Global Conflict, c1890–1941
Italy and Fascism, c1900–1945
Wars and Welfare: Britain in Transition, 1906–1957
Revolution and Dictatorship: Russia, 1917–1953
Democracy and Nazism: Germany, 1918–1945
The Transformation of China, 1936–1997
The American Dream: Reality and Illusion, 1945–1980
The Cold War, c1945–1991
The Making of Modern Britain, 1951–2007
The Crisis of Communism: The USSR and the Soviet Empire, 1953–2000
Historical Investigation (Personal Study)
7042/1A
7042/1B
7042/1C
7042/1D
7042/1E
7042/1F
7042/1G
7042/1H
7042/1J
7042/1K
7042/1L
7042/2A
7042/2B
7042/2C
7042/2D
7042/2E
7042/2F
7042/2G
7042/2H
7042/2J
7042/2K
7042/2L
7042/2M
7042/2N
7042/2O
7042/2P
7042/2Q
7042/2R
7042/2S
7042/2T
7042/C
Advanced notes
This specification is not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information, see
the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may only enter for one of the Advanced entry options per series. A single entry is all that is
needed for examination papers, non-exam assessment and certification.
Candidates must be assessed in one British history option (indicated by an asterisk*) and one non-British
history option. In addition the following combinations of papers are not permitted:
• 1C cannot be combined with 2C
• 1D cannot be combined with 2F
There is an additional requirement of the Advanced level specification that candidates must cover a
chronological range of at least 200 years through the topics assessed in paper 1 + paper 2 + NEA.
116
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Advanced entry codes
These are generated as follows:
• the first four characters are the Advanced specification code 7042
• the fifth character is the letter that indicates the paper 1 option
• the last character is the letter that indicates the paper 2 option.
The table below shows all the valid combinations of papers and associated Advanced entry codes. An
asterisk* indicates a British history option.
Advanced Paper 1 – Breadth Study
1A
1C*
1D*
1E
1F*
1G*
1H
1J*
1K
1L
2A*
7042AA 7042BA
-
-
7042EA
-
-
7042HA
-
7042KA 7042LA
2B*
7042AB 7042BB
-
-
7042EB
-
-
7042HB
-
7042KB 7042LB
-
7042DC
-
-
7042JC
2D* 7042AD 7042BD
-
-
7042ED
-
-
7042HD
-
7042KD 7042LD
7042AE 7042BE
-
-
7042EE
-
-
7042HE
-
7042KE 7042LE
-
-
7042FF 7042GF
-
7042JF
-
-
-
2C
2E*
Advanced Paper 2 – Depth Study
1B
-
7042FC 7042GC
-
-
2F
-
-
7042CF
2G
-
-
7042CG 7042DG
-
7042FG 7042GG
-
7042JG
-
-
2H
-
-
7042CH 7042DH
-
7042FH 7042GH
-
7042JH
-
-
2J
-
-
7042CJ 7042DJ
-
7042FJ 7042GJ
-
7042JJ
-
-
2K
-
-
7042CK 7042DK
-
7042FK 7042GK
-
7042JK
-
-
2L
-
-
7042CL 7042DL
-
7042FL 7042GL
-
7042JL
-
-
7042HM
-
2M* 7042AM 7042BM
-
-
7042EM
-
-
7042KM 7042LM
2N
-
-
7042CN 7042DN
-
7042FN 7042GN
-
7042JN
-
-
2O
-
-
7042CO 7042DO
-
7042FO 7042GO
-
7042JO
-
-
2P
-
-
7042CP 7042DP
-
7042FP 7042GP
-
7042JP
-
-
2Q
-
-
7042CQ 7042DQ
-
7042FQ 7042GQ
-
7042JQ
-
-
2R
-
-
7042CR 7042DR
-
7042FR 7042GR
-
7042JR
-
-
7042HS
-
-
7042JT
2S*
2T
7042AS 7042BS
-
-
-
-
7042CT 7042DT
7042ES
-
-
-
7042FT 7042GT
7042KS 7042LS
-
-
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
The Advanced specification is available to private candidates.
117
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
History of Art
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2250
Discount codes: AS KS4 JA33
2250
AS KS5 3830
AS 500/2227/1
ADV
3830
ADV 500/2224/6
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Visual Analysis and Interpretation
HART1

40
20
80
Unit 2 Themes in History of Art
HART2

60
30
120
Unit 3 Investigation and Interpretation (1)
HART3

-
25
100
Unit 4 Investigation and Interpretation (2)
HART4

-
25
100
AS subject award
HART1 + HART2
1251

-
-
200
ADV subject award
HART1 + HART2 + HART3 + HART4
2251

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1251, 2251 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
118
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Human Biology
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2405
Discount codes: AS KS4 RH41
2405
AS KS5 1010
AS 500/2351/2
ADV
1010
ADV 500/2340/8
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 The Body and its Diseases
HBIO1

40
20
120
Unit 2 Humans: Their Origins and Adaptations
HBIO2

40
20
120

20
10
60
Unit 3
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Investigative and Practical
Skills in AS Human Biology
Externally assessed EMPA
 NHBI3X
BIO/HBI/3X
Unit 4 Bodies and cells in and out of control
HBIO4

-
20
120
Unit 5 The air we breathe, the water we drink, the food we eat
HBIO5

-
20
120

-
10
60
1406

-
-
300
2406

-
-
600
Unit 6
Investigative and Practical
Skills in A2 Human Biology
Externally assessed EMPA
 NHBI6X
BIO/HBI/6X
AS subject award
HBIO1 + HBIO2 + NHBI3T* or NHBI3X or HBI3T* or HBI3X*
ADV subject award
HBIO1 + HBIO2 + NHBI3T* or NHBI3X or HBI3T* or HBI3X*
+ HBIO4 + HBIO5 + NHBI6T* or NHBI6X or HBI6T* or HBI6X*
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1406, 2406 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
As the EMPA assessments are common to GCE Biology and GCE Human Biology in the June 2017 exam
series, concurrent entries for the following will not be accepted:
•
•
Human Biology unit 3 option X (NHBI3X) and Biology unit 3 option X (NBIO3X)
Human Biology unit 6 option X (NHBI6X) and Biology unit 6 option X (NBIO6X)
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
119
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Human Biology (continued) (final re-sit opportunity)
GCE
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
Units 3 and 6, option X - candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise and authenticate
the practical PSV/EMPA and written components of the EMPA
•
the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) can be used
to certificate the appropriate subject award.
or
120
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Information and Communication Technology
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2520
Discount codes: AS KS4
CJ
2520
AS KS5 2650
AS 500/2437/1
ADV
2650
ADV 500/2349/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Practical Problem Solving in the Digital World
INFO1

50
25
100
Unit 2 Living in the Digital World
INFO2

50
25
100

INFO3

-
30
120
Coursework
INFO4

-
20
80
Unit 3 The Use of ICT in the Digital World
Unit 4
Practical Issues Involved in the
Use of ICT in the Digital World
AS subject award
INFO1 + INFO2
1521

-
-
200
ADV subject award
INFO1 + INFO2 + INFO3 + INFO4
2521

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1521, 2521 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
The AS units of this specification are available to private candidates.
The A2 units of this specification are not available to private candidates.
Law
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2160
Discount codes: AS KS4 EC1
2160
AS KS5 4770
AS 500/2324/X
ADV
4770
ADV 500/2330/5
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Law Making and the Legal System
LAW01

50
25
100
Unit 2 The Concept of Liability
LAW02

50
25
100
LAW03

-
25
100
LAW04

-
25
100
Either
or
Either
Unit 4
or
Unit 3
Criminal Law (Offences against the Person)
Contract Law
Criminal Law (Offences against Property)
Tort and Concepts of Law
AS subject award
LAW01 + LAW02
1161

-
-
200
ADV subject award
LAW01 + LAW02 + LAW03 + LAW04
2161

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1161, 2161 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
121
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Mathematics
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
Maths AS
Maths ADV
Pure AS
Pure ADV
Further AS
Further ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
AS
A2
6360
6360
100/3405/5
100/3408/0
100/6005/4
100/6006/6
100/6004/2
100/6007/8
Maths, Other
Discount codes:
Maths AS KS4 RB1
Maths AS KS5 2210
Maths ADV
2210
Pure AS KS4 RB15
Pure AS KS5 2230
Pure ADV
2230
Further AS KS4 RB1A
Further AS KS5 2330
Further ADV
2330
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Pure Core 1
MPC1

33.3 16.7
100
Pure Core 2
MPC2

33.3 16.7
100
Further Pure 1
MFP1

33.3 16.7
100
Mechanics 1 Option B
MM1B

33.3 16.7
100
MS1A

33.3 16.7
100
MS1B

33.3 16.7
100
Decision 1
MD01

33.3 16.7
100
Pure Core 3
MPC3

-
16.7
100
Pure Core 4
MPC4

-
16.7
100
Further Pure 2
MFP2

-
16.7
100
Further Pure 3
MFP3

-
16.7
100
Further Pure 4
MFP4

-
16.7
100
Mechanics 2 Option B
MM2B

-
16.7
100
Mechanics 3
MM03

-
16.7
100
Mechanics 4
MM04

-
16.7
100
Mechanics 5
MM05

-
16.7
100
Statistics 2 Option B
MS2B

-
16.7
100
Statistics 3
MS03

-
16.7
100
Statistics 4
MS04

-
16.7
100
Decision 2
MD02

-
16.7
100
Statistics 1 Option A
MS1A/W Written paper
MS1A/C Coursework
Statistics 1 Option B
Written paper
continued on next page
122
Series
Weighting
availability
%

Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Mathematics (continued)
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
AS Mathematics subject award
†
5361

-
-
300
6361

-
-
600
5366

-
-
300
6366

-
-
600
5371

-
-
300
6371

-
-
600
MPC1 + MPC2 + one from MS1A, MS1B, MM1A , MM1B or MD01
ADV Mathematics subject award
MPC1 + MPC2 + MPC3 + MPC4
+ Either MS1A + MM1A† or MS1A + MM1B or MS1A + MD01
or MS1A + MS2A† or
MS1A + MS2B or MS1B + MM1A†
or MS1B + MM1B or
MS1B + MD01 or MS1B + MS2A†
or MS1B + MS2B or
MM1A† + MD01 or MM1A† + MM2A†
or MM1A† + MM2B or MM1B + MD01 or MM1B + MM2A†
or MM1B + MM2B or
MD01 + MD02
AS Pure Mathematics subject award
MPC1 + MPC2 + MFP1
ADV Pure Mathematics subject award
MPC1 + MPC2 + MPC3 + MPC4 + MFP1 + one from MFP2, MFP3, MFP4
AS Further Mathematics subject award
one from MFP1, MFP2, MFP3, MFP4 +
two other units from
MFP1, MFP2, MFP3, MFP4, MS1A, MS1B, MS2A†, MS2B, MS03, MS04,
MM1A†, MM1B, MM2A†, MM2B, MM03, MM04, MM05, MD01, MD02
•
All three units can be at AS standard.
•
All three units can be in Pure Mathematics.
•
Only one of MS1A and MS1B , one of MM1A† and MM1B ,
one of MS2A† and MS2B and one of MM2A† and MM2B
can be counted towards a subject award.
ADV Further Mathematics subject award
two from MFP1, MFP2, MFP3, MFP4 +
four other units from
MFP1, MFP2, MFP3, MFP4, MS1A, MS1B, MS2A†, MS2B, MS03, MS04,
MM1A†, MM1B, MM2A†, MM2B, MM03, MM04, MM05, MD01, MD02
•
Three or four Pure Mathematics units can be chosen.
•
At least three of the six units must be at A2 standard.
•
Only one of MS1A and MS1B , one of MM1A† and MM1B ,
one of MS2A† and MS2B and one of MM2A† and MM2B
can be counted towards a subject award.
†
Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
continued on next page
123
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Mathematics (continued)
GCE
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject awards
(5361, 6361, 5366, 6366, 5371, 6371 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
Units MM2A (Mechanics 2 option A) and MS2A (Statistics 2 option A) were last offered in June 2008. Unit
MM1A (Mechanics 1 option A) was last offered in June 2012.
Candidates re-taking unit MS1A can also carry forward marks from the previous combined GCE Mathematics
and GCE Statistics coursework component MS/SS1A/C, last offered in June 2013.
Rules for combinations of awards and unit entries
Full guidance (including examples) is available in the JCQ document GCE Maths Rules - guidance for centres
at www.jcq.org.uk/exams-office/entries/gce-maths-information
•
Units that contribute to an award in A-level Mathematics may not also be used for an award in Further
Mathematics.
o
Candidates who are awarded certificates in both A-level Mathematics and A-level Further
Mathematics must use unit results from 12 different teaching modules.
o
Candidates who are awarded certificates in both A-level Mathematics and AS Further Mathematics
must use unit results from 9 different teaching modules.
o
Candidates who are awarded certificates in both AS` Mathematics and AS Further Mathematics must
use unit results from 6 different teaching modules.
•
Where candidates claim a combination of awards, the units will be aggregated to provide the best grade(s)
for the combination. For a candidate entered for both Mathematics and Further Mathematics, the best
grade for Mathematics will be generated first.
•
When units have contributed to an award in a previous series they are tied to that subject title. To release
them, candidates need to re-enter the award code for these subjects again. This is particularly important
for candidates who have certificated AS or A-level Mathematics in a previous series and now wish to
certificate Further Mathematics.
•
AS Further Mathematics (5371) cannot be certificated unless AS level Mathematics or A-level
Mathematics has been or is being concurrently certificated with AQA or another awarding body.
•
A-level Further Mathematics (6371) cannot be certificated unless A-level Mathematics has been or is
being concurrently certificated with AQA or another awarding body.
•
Combinations of subject awards for this specification are subject to the following conditions.
o
Awards in the following pairs of subject titles will not be allowed:
AS Mathematics and AS Pure Mathematics;
AS Mathematics and A-level Pure Mathematics;
A-level Mathematics and AS Pure Mathematics;
A-level Mathematics and A-level Pure Mathematics.
AS Pure Mathematics and AS Further Mathematics;
AS Pure Mathematics and A-level Further Mathematics;
A-level Pure Mathematics and AS Further Mathematics;
A-level Pure Mathematics and A-level Further Mathematics.
•
Concurrent entries for the following pair of units will not be accepted:
MS1A and MS1B
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates subject to the conditions above and the following:
Unit MS1A: This unit comprises coursework and a written examination and is available only to private
candidates who have already received a result for the unit, in which case the mark for the coursework
component must be carried forward and the written component of the unit can be retaken.
124
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Media Studies
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2570
Discount codes: AS KS4 KA2
2570
AS KS5 5350
AS 500/2246/5
ADV
5350
ADV 500/2245/3
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 Investigating Media
Unit 2 Creating Media
Coursework
Unit 3 Media: Critical Perspectives
Unit 4 Media: Research and Production
Coursework

Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
MEST1

50
25
100
MEST2

50
25
100
MEST3

-
25
100
MEST4

-
25
100
AS subject award
MEST1 + MEST2
1571

-
-
200
ADV subject award
MEST1 + MEST2 + MEST3 + MEST4
2571

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1571, 2571 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise, authenticate and mark the coursework
unit(s)
•
if the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) must be
used to certificate the appropriate subject award
or
125
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Modern Hebrew
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2675
Discount codes AS KS4 F1H
2675
AS KS5 6030
AS 500/2318/4
ADV
6030
ADV 500/2335/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) (AS only) Ebacc, Other
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
AS
Unit 1 Reading and writing
MHEB1

100
50
100
A2
Unit 2 Reading and writing
MHEB2

-
50
100
AS subject award
MHEB1
1676

-
-
100
ADV subject award
MHEB1 + MHEB2
2676

-
-
200
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1676, 2676 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
126
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Music
GCE
outgoing spec
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2270
Discount codes: AS KS4 LF1
2270
AS KS5 7010
AS 500/2449/8
ADV
7010
ADV 500/2452/8
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Unit 1
Externally assessed coursework
30
15
90
 MUS2A

30
15
90
Brief B Free composition or pastiche  MUS2B

30
15
90
 MUS2C

30
15
90
MUSC3

40
20
120
 MUSC4

-
20
120
 MUS5A

-
15
90
Brief B Free composition or pastiche  MUS5B

-
15
90
 MUS5C

-
15
90
MUSC6

-
15
90
1271

-
-
300
2271

-
-
600
Brief C Arranging
Unit 3
Interpreting Musical Ideas
Unit 4
Music in Context
Coursework
Brief A Compositional techniques
A2
Unit 5 Developing musical ideas
Externally assessed coursework
Brief C Arranging
Unit 6
A Musical performance
ADV

Brief A Compositional techniques
AS
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
 MUSC1
Influences on music
Unit 2 Creating musical ideas
Entry
code
Max
UMS
Externally assessed coursework
AS subject award
MUSC1 + MUS2A or MUS2B or MUS2C or MUSC2*
+ MUSC3
ADV subject award
MUSC1 + MUS2A or MUS2B or MUS2C or MUSC2*
+ MUSC3 + MUSC4 + MUS5A or MUS5B or MUS5C
+ MUSC6
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity will be available in June
2018. Students starting AS studies for the first time in September 2016 are expected to study the new
specification.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1271, 2271 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
Unit MUSC2 (Creating Musical Ideas) was only offered in June 2009. In June 2010, separate entry codes
were introduced (MUS2A, MUS2B, MUS2C) to distinguish between the three available briefs.
Units 2 and 5 - In each unit, candidates must be entered for one brief only. Final entries must correspond to
the work submitted for assessment.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
127
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Music
GCE
new spec
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
7271
7272
601/8305/6
601/8304/4
Discount
codes:
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 LF1
AS KS5 7010
June 2017
Entry
ADV
7010
6A17
code
21/2/17
Max
mark
raw
scaled
40
96
96
30
50
72
Paper 1
Appraising Music
7271/W
NEA
Performance (marked by AQA)
7271/P
NEA
Composition (marked by AQA)
7271/C
30
50
72
Paper 1
Appraising Music
7272/W
40
120
120
ADV NEA
Performance (marked by AQA)
7272/P
35
50
105
NEA
Composition (marked by AQA)
7272/C
25
50
75
AS
7271
7272


These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for the examination paper, non-exam assessment and certification. The
GCE Advanced qualification will be available from the June 2018 exam series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates, providing that:
128
•
the centre is able to supervise and assess the production of non-exam assessment evidence
•
any other requirements concerning the administration of non-exam assessments contained within the
specification are met.
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Panjabi
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
Series
Weighting
availability
%
2680
Discount codes: AS KS4 FKQ
2680
AS KS5 6050
AS 500/2317/2
ADV
6050
ADV 500/2337/8
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
Ebacc, Other
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
AS
Unit 1 Reading and writing
PANJ1

100
50
100
A2
Unit 2 Reading and writing
PANJ2

-
50
100
AS subject award
PANJ1
1681

-
-
100
ADV subject award
PANJ1 + PANJ2
2681

-
-
200
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1681, 2681 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
129
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Philosophy
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2175
Discount codes: AS KS4 DE1
2175
AS KS5 4790
AS 601/2680/2
ADV
4790
ADV 601/2679/6
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
AS
Unit 1 Epistemology and Philosophy of Religion
PHLS1

100
50
100
A2
Unit 2 Ethics and Philosophy of Mind
PHLS2

-
50
100
AS subject award
PHLS1
1176

-
-
100
ADV subject award
PHLS1 + PHLS2
2176

-
-
200
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1176, 2176 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
130
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Physical Education
GCE
outgoing spec
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2580
Discount codes: AS KS4 MA1
2580
AS KS5 7210
AS 500/2642/2
ADV
7210
ADV 500/2639/2
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Opportunities for and the effects of leading a healthy and
Unit 1
active lifestyle
AS
Analysis and evaluation of physical activity as a
Coursework
Unit 2
performer and/or in an adopted role/s
Optimising performance and evaluating contemporary issues
Unit 3
within sport
A2
Optimising practical performance
Coursework
Unit 4
in a competitive situation
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
PHED1

60
30
120
PHED2

40
20
80
PHED3

-
30
120
PHED4

-
20
80
AS subject award
PHED1 + PHED2
1581

-
-
200
ADV subject award
PHED1 + PHED2 + PHED3 + PHED4
2581

-
-
400
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity will be available in June
2018. Students starting AS studies for the first time in September 2016 are expected to study the new
specification.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1581, 2581 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
131
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Physical Education
GCE
Specification codes:
AS 7581
Discount
ADV 7582
codes:
Qualification numbers: AS 601/8631/8
ADV 601/8633/1
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Factors affecting participation in physical
Paper
activity and sport
AS
Practical performance in physical activity
NEA
and sport
Factors affecting participation in physical
Paper 1
activity and sport
Factors affecting optimal performance in
ADV Paper 2
physical activity and sport
Practical performance in physical activity
NEA
and sport
new spec
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
AS KS4 MA1
AS KS5 7210
June 2017
Entry
ADV
7210
6A17
code
21/2/17
7581/W
7581/C
7581

7582/1
7582/2
7582/C
7582

Max
mark
raw
scaled
70
84
210
30
90
90
35
105
105
35
105
105
30
90
90
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for the examination paper, non-exam assessment and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are not available to private candidates.
132
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Physics A
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
AS
Final re-sit opportunity
2450
Discount codes: AS KS4 RC1
2450
AS KS5 1210
AS 500/2569/7
ADV
1210
ADV 500/2615/X
Attainment 8 measures
(AS only): EBacc, Other
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Particles, Quantum Phenomena and Electricity
PHYA1

40
20
120
Unit 2 Mechanics, Materials and Waves
PHYA2

40
20
120
Externally assessed EMPA
 PHA3X
PHA3/B3/X

20
10
60
PHA4/1
PHA4/2
Unit 3
Investigative and Practical
Skills in AS Physics
Objective test
Written paper
PHYA4

-
20
120
Option A: Astrophysics
PHYA5/1
Written paper
PHYA5/2A Written paper
PHA5A

-
20
120
Option B: Medical Physics
PHYA5/1
Written paper
PHYA5/2B Written paper
PHA5B

-
20
120
Option C: Applied Physics
PHYA5/1
Written paper
PHYA5/2C Written paper
PHA5C

-
20
120
Option D: Turning Points in
Physics
PHYA5/1
Written paper
PHYA5/2D Written paper
PHA5D

-
20
120
Investigative and Practical
Skills in A2 Physics
Externally assessed EMPA
 PHA6X
PHA6/B6/X

-
10
60
1451

-
-
300
2451

-
-
600
Unit 4 Fields and Further Mechanics
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Unit 5
Unit 6
AS subject award
PHYA1 + PHYA2 + PHA3T* or PHA3X
ADV subject award
PHYA1 + PHYA2 + PHA3T* or PHA3X
+ PHYA4 + PHA5A or PHA5B or PHA5C or PHA5D
+ PHA6T* or PHA6X
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1451, 2451 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
For unit 5 candidates study one of the four options. Please make sure that candidates are entered for the
correct option (either PHA5A or PHA5B or PHA5C or PHA5D).
As the EMPA assessments are common to GCE Physics A and GCE Physics B in the June 2017 exam series,
concurrent entries for the following will not be accepted:
•
•
Physics A unit 3 option X (PHA3X) and Physics B unit 3 option X (PHB3X)
Physics A unit 6 option X (PHA6X) and Physics B unit 6 option X (PHB6X)
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
• Units 3 and 6, option X - candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise and authenticate
the practical PSV/EMPA and written components of the EMPA
or
•
the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) can be used
to certificate the appropriate subject award.
133
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Physics B: Physics in Context
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
AS
2455
Discount codes: AS KS4 RC1
2455
AS KS5 1210
AS 500/2572/7
ADV
1210
ADV 500/2570/3
Attainment 8 measures
(AS only): Ebacc, Other
Entry
code
Series
Weighting
availability
%
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
Unit 1 Harmony and Structure in the Universe
PHYB1

40
20
120
Unit 2 Physics Keeps Us Going
PHYB2

40
20
120
Externally assessed EMPA
 PHB3X
PHA3/B3/X

20
10
60
Unit 4 Physics Inside and Out
PHYB4

-
20
120
Unit 5 Energy Under the Microscope
PHYB5

-
20
120
Externally assessed EMPA
 PHB6X
PHA6/B6/X

-
10
60
1456

-
-
300
2456

-
-
600
Unit 3
A2
Final re-sit opportunity
Unit 6
Investigative and Practical
Skills in AS Physics
Investigative and Practical
Skills in A2 Physics
AS subject award
PHYB1 + PHYB2 + PHB3T* or PHB3X
ADV subject award
PHYB1 + PHYB2 + PHB3T* or PHB3X
+ PHYB4 + PHYB5 + PHB6T* or PHB6X
* Candidates must have a result from a previous series.
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1456, 2456 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
As the EMPA assessments are common to GCE Physics A and GCE Physics B in the June 2017 exam series,
concurrent entries for the following will not be accepted:
•
•
Physics A unit 3 option X (PHA3X) and Physics B unit 3 option X (PHB3X)
Physics A unit 6 option X (PHA6X) and Physics B unit 6 option X (PHB6X)
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
Units 3 and 6, option X - candidates are attending an AQA centre that must supervise and authenticate
the practical PSV/EMPA and written components of the EMPA
•
the candidate has previously received a result for the coursework unit(s), then the result(s) can be used
to certificate the appropriate subject award.
or
134
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Physics
GCE
Specification codes:
Qualification numbers:
AS
new spec
AS
ADV
AS
ADV
7407
7408
601/4746/5
601/4747/7
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 RC1
AS KS5 1210
ADV
1210
Attainment 8 measures
(AS only): EBacc, Other
Paper 1
7407/1
Paper 2
7407/2
A - Astrophysics
Paper 1
7408/1
Paper 2
7408/2
Paper 3
section A
7408/3A
section B option A 7408/3BA
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7407

7408A

Practical skills endorsement 7408/C
B- Medical physics
Paper 1
7408/1
Paper 2
7408/2
Paper 3
section A
7408/3A
section B option B 7408/3BB
7408B

Practical skills endorsement 7408/C
ADV C - Engineering physics
Paper 1
7408/1
Paper 2
7408/2
Paper 3
section A
7408/3A
section B option C 7408/3BC
7408C

Practical skills endorsement 7408/C
D - Turning points in physics
Paper 1
7408/1
Paper 2
7408/2
Paper 3
section A
7408/3A
section B option D 7408/3BD
7408D

Practical skills endorsement 7408/C
E - Electronics
Paper 1
7408/1
Paper 2
7408/2
Paper 3
section A
7408/3A
section B option E 7408/3BE
Practical skills endorsement 7408/C
7408E

Max
mark
50
70
50
70
34
85
34
85
32
45
35
-
-
34
85
34
85
32
45
35
-
-
34
85
34
85
32
45
35
-
-
34
85
34
85
32
45
35
-
-
34
85
34
85
32
45
35
-
-
135
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Physics (continued) (new spec)
GCE
These specifications are not available to centres in Northern Ireland, or for centres within the maintained
sector in Wales. For more information, see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, non-exam assessment (where applicable) and
certification. Candidates taking the A-level qualification will only be allowed to enter one of the five options per
series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
136
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Polish
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
Series
Weighting
availability
%
2685
Discount codes: AS KS4 FKO
2685
AS KS5 6070
AS 500/2316/0
ADV
6070
ADV 500/2338/X
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
EBacc, Other
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
AS
Unit 1 Reading and writing
PLSH1

100
50
100
A2
Unit 2 Reading and writing
PLSH2

-
50
100
AS subject award
PLSH1
1686

-
-
100
ADV subject award
PLSH1 + PLSH2
2686

-
-
200
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1686, 2686 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
137
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Psychology A
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2180
Discount codes: AS KS4 PK1
2180
AS KS5 4850
June 2017
Entry
AS 500/2499/1
ADV
4850
6A17
AS
code
ADV 500/2500/4
21/2/17
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Cognitive Psychology, Developmental Psychology

Unit 1
50
PSYA1
and Research Methods
AS
Biological Psychology, Social Psychology and

Unit 2
50
PSYA2
Individual Differences
A2
Unit 3 Topics in Psychology
Unit 4
Psychopathology, Psychology in Action and
Research Methods
Max
UMS
ADV
25
100
25
100
PSYA3

-
25
100
PSYA4

-
25
100
AS subject award
PSYA1 + PSYA2
1181

-
-
200
ADV subject award
PSYA1 + PSYA2 + PSYA3 + PSYA4
2181

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1181, 2181 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
138
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Psychology B
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2185
Discount codes: AS KS4 PK1
2185
AS KS5 4850
AS 500/2542/9
ADV
4850
ADV 500/2541/7
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
PSYB1

50
25
100
PSYB2

50
25
100
Unit 3 Child Development and Applied Options
PSYB3

-
25
100
Unit 4 Approaches, Debates and Methods in Psychology
PSYB4

-
25
100
Unit 1 Introducing Psychology
Unit 2
Social Psychology, Cognitive Psychology and
Individual Differences
AS subject award
PSYB1 + PSYB2
1186

-
-
200
ADV subject award
PSYB1 + PSYB2 + PSYB3 + PSYB4
2186

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1186, 2186 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
139
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Psychology
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
new spec
7181
7182
601/4837/8
601/4838/X
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 PK1
AS KS5 4850
ADV
4850
Paper 1 Introductory Topics in Psychology
7181/1
Paper 2 Psychology in Context
7181/2
Paper 1 Introductory Topics in Psychology
7182/1
ADV Paper 2 Psychology in Context
Paper 3 Issues and Options in Psychology
7182/2
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7181

7182
7182/3

Max
mark
50
72
50
72
33.3
96
33.3
96
33.3
96
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
140
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Religious Studies
GCE
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
outgoing spec
2060
Discount codes: AS KS4 DD1
2060
AS KS5 4610
AS 500/2505/3
ADV
4610
ADV 500/2506/5
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Option A: Religion and Ethics 1
Option B: Religion and Ethics 2
Option C: Philosophy of Religion
Option D: Religion, Philosophy and Science
*Option E: The History of Christianity or Religion, Art and the
Media
Unit 1
Option
F:
Old
Testament
AS and
Unit 2 Option G: New Testament
Option H: Religion and Contemporary Society
*Option J: World Religions 1: Buddhism or Hinduism or
Sikhism
*Option K: World Religions 2: Christianity or Judaism or
Islam 1
Option L: Islam 2 The Life of the Prophet
Option A: Religion and Ethics
Option B: Philosophy of Religion
*Option C: The History of Christianity or Religion and Art
Option D: Old Testament
Unit 3 Option E: New Testament
Option F: Religion and Contemporary Society
*Option G: World Religions 1: Buddhism or Hinduism or
Sikhism
*Option H: World Religions 2: Christianity or Judaism or
A2
Islam
Topic I Life, Death and Beyond or
*Option A Topic II Perceptions of Ultimate Reality or
Topic III Religious Experience
Topic I Religious Fundamentalism or
*Option B Topic II Religion and Contemporary Society or
Unit 4
Topic III Religion and the Visual Arts
Topic I Religious Authority or
Topic II Ways of Moral Decision-Making or
*Option C
Topic III Ways of Reading and Understanding
Scripture
AS subject award
two from RSS01–RSS11
ADV subject award
two from RSS01–RSS11
+ one from RST3A–RST3H
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
RSS01
RSS02
RSS03
RSS04




50
50
50
50
25
25
25
25
100
100
100
100
RSS05

50
25
100
RSS06
RSS07
RSS08



50
50
50
25
25
25
100
100
100
RSS09

50
25
100
RSS10

50
25
100
RSS11
RST3A
RST3B
RST3C
RST3D
RST3E
RST3F







50
-
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
RST3G

-
25
100
RST3H

-
25
100
RST4A

-
25
100
RST4B

-
25
100
RST4C

-
25
100
1061

-
-
200
2061

-
-
400
+ one from RST4A–RST4C
* You do not need to specify the option within your chosen unit at the time of entry
continued on next page
141
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Religious Studies (continued) (outgoing spec)
GCE
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1061, 2061 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
142
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Religious Studies
GCE
Specification codes:
Qualification
numbers:
Attainment 8
measure(s):
A Buddhism
B Christianity
AS
C Hinduism
D Islam
E Judaism
A Buddhism
B Christianity
ADV C Hinduism
D Islam
E Judaism
AS
ADV
AS
ADV
n/a
new spec
7061
7062
601/8716/5
601/8830/3
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 DD1
AS KS5 4610
ADV
4610
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7061/1
Paper 2A
Buddhism
7061/2A
Paper 1
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7061/1
Paper 2B
Christianity
7061/2B
Paper 1
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7061/1
Paper 2C
Hinduism
7061/2C
Paper 1
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7061/1
Paper 2D
Islam
7061/2D
Paper 1
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7061/1
Paper 2E
Judaism
7061/2E
Paper 1
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7062/1
Paper 2A
Buddhism and dialogues
7062/2A
Paper 1
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7062/1
Paper 2B
Christianity and dialogues
7062/2B
Paper 1
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7062/1
Paper 2C
Hinduism and dialogues
7062/2C
Paper 1
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7062/1
Paper 2D
Islam and dialogues
7062/2D
Paper 1
Philosophy of religion and
ethics
7062/1
Judaism and dialogues
7062/2E
Paper 1
Paper 2E
Series
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7061A

7061B

7061C

7061D

7061E

7062A

7062B

7062C

7062D

7062E

Weight
%
Max
mark
66.7
120
33.3
60
66.7
120
33.3
60
66.7
120
33.3
60
66.7
120
33.3
60
66.7
120
33.3
60
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
continued on next page
143
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Religious Studies (continued) (new spec)
GCE
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may enter for only one of the AS options and/or one of the Advanced options per series.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers and certification. The GCE Advanced qualification
will be available from the June 2018 exam series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
144
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Applied Science
GCE
outgoing spec
See page 51
Science in Society
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2400
Discount codes: AS KS4 DE3
2400
AS KS5 1910
AS 500/2656/2
ADV
1910
ADV 500/2580/6
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
A2
Unit 1 AS Exploring key scientific issues
Unit 2 Reading and writing about science
Coursework
Unit 3 A2 Exploring key scientific issues
Unit 4 Case study of a scientific Issue

Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
SCIS1

60
30
120
SCIS2

40
20
80
SCIS3

-
30
120
SCIS4

-
20
80
AS subject award
SCIS1 + SCIS2
1401

-
-
200
ADV subject award
SCIS1 + SCIS2 + SCIS3 + SCIS4
2401

-
-
400
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1401, 2401 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
145
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Sociology
GCE
Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2190
Discount
AS KS4 EE2
2190
codes:
AS KS5 4890
AS 500/2263/5
ADV
4890
ADV 500/2203/9
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Culture and Identity; Families and Households;
Unit 1
Wealth, Poverty and Welfare
AS
Education with Research Methods;
Unit 2
Health with Research Methods
Beliefs in Society; Global Development;
Unit 3
Mass Media; Power and Politics
A2
Crime and Deviance with Theory and Methods;
Unit 4
Stratification and Differentiation with Theory and Methods
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
Max
UMS
ADV
SCLY1

40
20
80
SCLY2

60
30
120
SCLY3

-
20
80
SCLY4

-
30
120
AS subject award
SCLY1 + SCLY2
1191

-
-
200
ADV subject award
SCLY1 + SCLY2 + SCLY3 + SCLY4
2191

-
-
400
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1191, 2191 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
146
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Sociology
GCE
Specification codes:
AS
ADV
Qualification numbers: AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
AS
new spec
7191
7192
601/3995/X
601/3994/8
Discount
codes:
AS KS4 EE2
AS KS5 4890
ADV
4890
Paper 1 Education with Methods in Context
7191/1
Paper 2 Research Methods and Topics in Sociology
7191/2
Paper 1 Education with Theory and Methods
7192/1
ADV Paper 2 Topics in Sociology
Paper 3 Crime and Deviance with Theory and Methods
7192/2
7192/3
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7191

7192

Max
mark
50
60
50
60
33.3
80
33.3
80
33.3
80
These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for both examination papers and certification. The GCE Advanced
qualification will be available from the June 2017 exam series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
147
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Spanish
GCE
outgoing spec

Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
2695
Discount codes: AS KS4 FKS
2695
AS KS5 5750
AS 500/2206/4
ADV
5750
ADV 500/2214/3
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
Ebacc, Other
Unit 2 Speaking test
Unit 4 Speaking test
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
ADV

70
35
140
Teacher conducted
SPA2T

30
15
60
Visiting examiner
SPA2V

30
15
60
SPAN3

-
35
140
Teacher conducted
SPA4T

-
15
60
Visiting examiner
SPA4V

-
15
60
1696

-
-
200
2696

-
-
400
Unit 3 Listening, reading and writing
A2
Entry
code
Max
UMS
SPAN1
Unit 1 Listening, reading and writing
AS
Series
Weighting
availability
%
AS subject award
SPAN1 + SPA2T or SPA2V
ADV subject award
SPAN1 + SPA2T or SPA2V + SPAN3
+ SPA4T or SPA4V
This specification will be withdrawn after June 2017. A final re-sit only opportunity, for which the visiting
examiner units will not be offered, will be available in June 2018. Students starting AS studies for the first time
in September 2016 are expected to study the new specification.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(1696, 2696 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
Speaking tests (units 2 and 4):
•
Teacher conducted option
Centres must submit candidates’ speaking tests on CD or memory stick. The centre must obtain
candidates’ permission if any copies are made and retained at the centre. All such copies must be
deleted no later than the date of the publication of results for that series.
•
Visiting examiner option
Centres who request a visiting examiner must meet the requirement for a minimum of ten candidates.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Private candidates wishing to take the speaking tests (units 2 & 4) must attend an AQA approved centre that
can make appropriate arrangements for conducting the tests.
148
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Spanish
GCE
new spec
Specification codes:
7691
7692
601/8730/X
601/8732/3
Discount
codes:
scaled
45
90
90
25
50
50
7691/3T
30
60
60
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7691/1
45
90
90
Paper 2 Writing
7691/2
25
50
50
7691/3V
30
60
60
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7692/1
50
100
200
Paper 2 Writing
7692/2
20
80
80
7692/3T
30
60
120
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7692/1
50
100
200
Paper 2 Writing
7692/2
20
80
80
30
60
120
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(AS only):
Ebacc, Other
T
Paper 1 Listening, reading and writing
7691/1
Paper 2 Writing
7691/2
NEA
AS
V
NEA
T
NEA
ADV
V
AS KS4 FKS
AS KS5 5750
June 2017
ADV
5750 Entry
6A17
code
21/2/17
Max
mark
raw
Qualification numbers:
AS
ADV
AS
ADV
Series Weight Max
availability %
mark
NEA
Teacher conducted speaking test
(Marked by AQA)
Visiting examiner conducted speaking test
(Marked by AQA)
Teacher conducted speaking test
(Marked by AQA)
Visiting examiner conducted speaking test
(Marked by AQA)
7692/3V
7691T
7691V
7692T
7692V




These specifications are not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information,
see the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may enter for only one of the AS options and/or one of the Advanced options per series.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, non-exam assessment and certification. The GCE
Advanced qualification will be available from the June 2018 exam series.
Speaking tests:
•
Teacher conducted options
Centres must submit candidates’ speaking tests on CD or memory stick. The centre must obtain
candidates’ permission if any copies are made and retained at the centre. All such copies must be
deleted no later than the date of the publication of results for that series.
•
Visiting examiner options
Centres who request a visiting examiner must meet the requirement for a minimum of ten candidates.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
These specifications are available to private candidates.
149
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE
Statistics
GCE
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification numbers:
6380
Discount codes: AS KS4 RB71
6380
AS KS5 2260
AS 100/3491/2
ADV
2260
ADV 100/3490/0
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
A2
June 2017
6A17
AS
21/2/17
ADV
SS1A

33.3 16.7
100
SS1B

33.3 16.7
100
Unit 2 Statistics 2
SS02

33.3 16.7
100
Unit 3 Statistics 3
SS03

33.3 16.7
100
Unit 4 Statistics 4
SS04

-
16.7
100
Unit 5 Statistics 5
SS05

-
16.7
100
Unit 6 Statistics 6
SS06

-
16.7
100
5381

-
-
300
6381

-
-
600
Unit 1
AS
SS1A/W Written paper
SS1A/C Coursework
Entry
code
Max
UMS
Option A: Statistics 1A
Option B: Statistics 1B
AS subject award
ADV subject award
SS1A or SS1B + SS02 + SS03
SS1A or SS1B + SS02 + SS03 + SS04
+ SS05 + SS06

A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(5381, 6381 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
Candidates re-taking unit SS1A can also carry forward marks from the previous combined GCE Mathematics
and GCE Statistics coursework component MS/SS1A/C, last offered in June 2013.
Concurrent entries for SS1A and SS1B will not be accepted.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates subject to the following condition:
Unit SS1A: This unit comprises coursework and a written examination and is available only to private
candidates who have already received a result for the unit, in which case the mark for the coursework
component must be carried forward and the written component of the unit can be retaken.
150
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE Use of Mathematics (Pilot)
Use of Mathematics
GCE (FSM)
Specification codes:
Data Analysis
Hypothesis Testing
Dynamics
Principles for Finance
Decision Maths
Calculus
USE & Award
Basedata group codes:
Data Analysis
Hypothesis Testing
Dynamics
Principles for Finance
Decision Maths
Calculus
USE & Award
Qualification numbers:
Data Analysis
Hypothesis Testing
Dynamics
Personal Finance
Decision Maths
Calculus
AS
ADV
Attainment 8 measure(s)
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
9360
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
9360
Restricted pilot
Discount codes:
Data Analysis
KS4
Data Analysis
KS5
Hypothesis Test KS4
Hypothesis Test KS5
Dynamics
KS4
Dynamics
KS5
Personal Finance KS4
Personal Finance KS5
Decision Maths KS4
Decision Maths KS5
Calculus
KS4
Calculus
KS5
AS
KS4
AS
KS5
ADV
RB7F
2421
RB7I
2491
RB56
2441
RB7B
2381
RB6A
2490
RB55
2440
RB7H
2200
2200
FSMQ Data Analysis
Unit 2
and FSMQ Hypothesis Testing
Unit 3
(Two FSMQ Dynamics
of five
FSMQ FSMQ Mathematical Principles for Personal Finance
units)
FSMQ Decision Mathematics
Unit 4 FSMQ Calculus
A2
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
AS

USE1

16.7
100

9993

16.7
100

9994

16.7
100

9995

16.7
100

9996

16.7
100

9997

16.7
100

9998

16.7
100
USE2

16.7
100
USE3

16.7
100
100/6449/7
500/4006/6
500/4090/X
500/4092/3
500/4007/8
500/4008/X
500/4094/7
500/4146/0
n/a
Unit 1 USE1 Algebra
AS
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Unit 5 USE2 Mathematical Applications
Portfolio
Unit 6 USE3 Mathematical Comprehension

AS subject award
USE1 + two from 9993, 9994, 9995, 9996, 9997
9361

-
300
ADV subject award
USE1 + two from 9993, 9994, 9995, 9996, 9997
+ 9998 + USE2 + USE3
9362

-
600
continued on next page
151
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCE Use of Mathematics Pilot
Use of Mathematics (continued)
GCE
Restricted pilot
The e-AQA qualification code for units 2, 3 and 4 (the FSMQ units) is FSM. The qualification code for units 1,
5 and 6, and the AS and Advanced subject awards is GCE.
This is a pilot specification and, as such, centres will be invited to take part with the maximum number of
candidates and centres participating being determined by the regulator.
A unit entry will not trigger certification. You will also need to make an entry for the overall subject award
(9361, 9362 as appropriate) if certification is required in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates only at centres approved for the pilot.
Private candidates wishing to submit coursework for assessment must make arrangements for their work to be
authenticated. Details of their authentication arrangements must be submitted to us using a Private candidate
coursework information form at the time their entry request is made. Please see our website
aqa.org.uk/private for further details.
152
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Additional Applied Science
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4505
4505
Unit 1 Additional Applied Science 1
Unit 2 Additional Applied Science 2
Full Course subject award
outgoing spec
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Qualification number
600/0759/X
Discount code
RA14
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
AAS1FP

40
55
Higher tier
AAS1HP

40
80
AAS2

60
120
4507

-
200
Controlled assessment
AAS1FP or AAS1HP + AAS2

This specification is being withdrawn. June 2017 is the final opportunity to make entries.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result for the controlled assessment can
be carried forward.
or
153
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Additional Science
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4408
4400
Route 1
Unit 1 Biology 2
Unit 2 Chemistry 2
Unit 3 Physics 2
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0885/4
Discount code
RA1C
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
Route 2
Unit 6 Additional Science 2
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
BL2FP

25
69
Higher tier
BL2HP

25
100
Foundation tier
CH2FP

25
69
Higher tier
CH2HP

25
100
Foundation tier
PH2FP

25
69
Higher tier
PH2HP

25
100
AS4P

25
100
Foundation tier
AS1FP

35
97
Higher tier
AS1HP

35
140
Foundation tier
AS2FP

40
111
Higher tier
AS2HP

40
160
4408

-
400
4409

-
400
Unit 4 Additional Science 4
Unit 5 Additional Science 1
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Controlled assessment

Full Course subject award
Route 1
BL2FP or BL2HP + CH2FP or CH2HP
+ PH2FP or PH2HP + AS4P
Route 2
AS1FP or AS1HP + AS2FP or AS2HP
+ AS4P
This specification is being withdrawn.
Two alternative routes of assessment are available: Route 1 (units 1-4) and Route 2 (units 4-6). June 2017 is
the final opportunity to make entries for Route 2. A final re-sit only opportunity for Route 1 will be available
in January 2018.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit (from either AS4P or MAS4P) provided the candidate has previously certificated the
qualification (route 1 4408 or route 2 4409 or Additional Science M route 1 4608). If a candidate has more than
one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If a
candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The following combinations of awards may not be claimed in the same series:
•
GCSE Additional Science (Route 1) with GCSE Additional Science (Route 2)
•
GCSE Additional Science (Route 1) with GCSE Biology
•
GCSE Additional Science (Route 1) with GCSE Chemistry
•
GCSE Additional Science (Route 1) with GCSE Physics
continued on next page
154
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Additional Science (continued)
GCSE (linear assessment)
Unit 4: ISAs have a specific submission date each year. Candidates may attempt any number of the ISAs
supplied by AQA for a particular subject. The best mark they achieve from a complete ISA is submitted.
A candidate is only allowed to have one attempt at each ISA, and this may only be submitted for moderation
on one occasion. It would constitute malpractice if the candidate is found to have submitted the same ISA
more than once and they could be excluded from at least this qualification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result for the controlled assessment can
be carried forward.
or
Applications of Mathematics (linked pair)
GCSE (linear assessment)
Final re-sit opportunity
See page 209
155
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Art and Design
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4200
4200
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4536/2
Discount code
JA2
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Portfolio of work
Controlled assessment

Unit 2 Externally set task
Full Course subject award

42011 + 42012
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
42011

60
180
42012

40
120
4201

-
300
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward their externally set task result.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Art and Design: Short Course
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4200
4200
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4479/5
Discount code
3510
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Unit 1 Portfolio of work
Controlled assessment
Unit 2 Externally set task
Short Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

42111

60
180

42112

40
120
4211

-
300
42111 + 42112
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward their externally set task result.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
156
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Art and Design: Applied
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4200
4200
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4536/2
Discount code
JA2
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Portfolio of work
Controlled assessment

Unit 2 Externally set task
Full Course subject award

42071 + 42072
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
42071

60
180
42072

40
120
4207

-
300
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward their externally set task result.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Art and Design: Fine Art
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4200
4200
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4536/2
Discount code
JA2
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Portfolio of work
Controlled assessment
Unit 2 Externally set task
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

42021

60
180

42022

40
120
4202

-
300
42021 + 42022
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward their externally set task result.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
157
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Art and Design: Graphic Communication outgoing spec
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4200
4200
Qualification number
500/4536/2
Discount code
JA2
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Portfolio of work
Controlled assessment
Unit 2 Externally set task
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

42031

60
180

42032

40
120
4203

-
300
42031 + 42032
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward their externally set task result.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Art and Design: Photography:
outgoing spec
lens-based and light-based media
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4200
4200
Qualification number
500/4536/2
Discount code
KJ1
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Portfolio of work
Controlled assessment
Unit 2 Externally set task
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

42061

60
180

42062

40
120
4206

-
300
42061 + 42062
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward their externally set task result.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
158
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Art and Design: Textile Design
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4200
4200
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4536/2
Discount code
JA2
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Portfolio of work
Controlled assessment
Unit 2 Externally set task
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

42041

60
180

42042

40
120
4204

-
300
42041 + 42042
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward their externally set task result.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Art and Design:
Three-Dimensional Design
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4200
4200
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4536/2
Discount code
JA2
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Portfolio of work
Controlled assessment
Unit 2 Externally set task
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

42051

60
180

42052

40
120
4205

-
300
42051 + 42052
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward their externally set task result.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
159
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Bengali

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Series
availability
4635 Qualification numbers:
4635
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
5930
Full Course
5930 Attainment 8 measure(s)
FKB (Full Course only):
500/4652/4
500/4658/5
500/4668/8
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
Ebacc, Other
Foundation tier
46351F

50
25
69
Higher tier
46351H

50
25
100
Foundation tier
46352F

50
25
69
Higher tier
46352H

50
25
100
Unit 3 Speaking
46353

50
25
100
Unit 4 Writing
46354

50
25
100
4636

-
-
200
4637

-
-
200
4638

-
-
400
Unit 1 Listening
Unit 2 Reading
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46351F or 46351H + 46353
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46352F or 46352H + 46354
Full Course subject award
46351F or 46351H + 46352F or 46352H
+ 46353 + 46354
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
160
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Biology
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4401
4400
Qualification number
600/0886/6
Discount code
RH3
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
Paper based
Unit 1 Biology 1
On-screen
Unit 2 Biology 2
Unit 3 Biology 3
Unit 4 Biology 4
outgoing spec
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
BL1FP

25
69
Higher tier
BL1HP

25
100
Foundation tier
BL1FS

25
69
Higher tier
BL1HS

25
100
Foundation tier
BL2FP

25
69
Higher tier
BL2HP

25
100
Foundation tier
BL3FP

25
69
Higher tier
BL3HP

25
100
BL4P

25
100
4401

-
400
Controlled assessment

Full Course subject award
BL1FP or BL1HP or BL1FS or BL1HS
+ BL2FP or BL2HP + BL3FP or BL3HP + BL4P
This specification is being withdrawn. June 2017 is the final opportunity to make entries for the on-screen
units. A final re-sit opportunity, for which the on-screen units will not be offered, will be available in January
2018.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit (from either BL4P or MBL4P) provided the candidate has previously certificated the
qualification (either Biology 4401 or Biology M 4601). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the
attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If a candidate wishes to carry forward
the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still required in the certificating series.
The on-screen route to assessment in GCSE Biology 1 will be available in June 2017. A different entry code is
used to identify on-screen and paper based options: please ensure that the correct entry code is used.
The software required to run the test can be installed free of charge. Further information on the on-screen
tests, including details of the minimum system requirements, can be found on our website at aqa.org.uk/ost
Concurrent entries for both the paper based and on-screen routes for Biology 1 will not be accepted.
In addition, the following combinations of awards may not be claimed in the same series:
•
GCSE Biology with GCSE Science A (Route 1)
•
GCSE Biology with GCSE Additional Science (Route 1)
•
GCSE Biology with GCSE Further Additional Science
continued on next page
161
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Biology (continued)
GCSE (linear assessment)
Unit 4: ISAs have a specific submission date each year. Candidates may attempt any number of the ISAs
supplied by AQA for a particular subject. The best mark they achieve from a complete ISA is submitted.
A candidate is only allowed to have one attempt at each ISA, and this may only be submitted for moderation
on one occasion. It would constitute malpractice if the candidate is found to have submitted the same ISA
more than once and they could be excluded from at least this qualification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result for the controlled assessment can
be carried forward.
or
162
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Business subjects and Economics
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Bus and Comms
Bus Studies Short
Bus Studies Full
Applied Business
Economics Short
Economics Full
4130
4130
AA3
3210
AA3
AA3
4410
EB
Qualification numbers:
Bus and Comms
Bus Studies Short
Bus Studies Full
Applied Business
Economics Short
Economics Full
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
Series
availability
500/4422/9
500/4416/3
500/4508/8
500/4423/0
500/4468/0
500/4417/5
Entry
code
Weighting
%
June 2017
6G17 Short Full
21/2/17
Max
UMS
Dble
Other
Unit 1 Setting up a Business
413001

-
40
20
80
Unit 2 Growing as a Business
413002

-
35
-
70
Unit 3 Investigating Businesses
Controlled assessment
 413003

-
25
-
50
Unit 4 People in Business
Controlled assessment
 413004

-
-
30
120
Unit 5 Marketing and Customer Needs
Controlled assessment
 413005

-
-
30
120
Unit 6 Enterprise
Controlled assessment
 413006

-
-
30
120
Unit 7 Business Finance
413007

-
-
20
80
Unit 8 ICT Systems in Business
413008

-
40
-
80
 413009

-
35
-
70
 413010

-
25
-
50
Unit 11 Personal Economics
413011

100
50
-
100
Unit 12 Investigating Economic Issues
413012

-
50
-
100
Unit 13 Business Start Up
413013

50
-
-
50
 413014

50
-
-
50
Unit 9 Using ICT in Business
Unit 10 Investigating ICT in Business
Unit 14 Investigating Small Businesses
Controlled assessment
Controlled assessment
Business and Communication Systems subject award
413008 + 413009 + 413010
4134

-
-
-
200
Business Studies Short Course subject award
413013 + 413014
4131

-
-
-
100
Business Studies Full Course subject award
413001 + 413002 + 413003
4133

-
-
-
200
4136

-
-
-
400
Economics Short Course subject award
413011
4132

-
-
-
100
Economics Full Course subject award
413011 + 413012
4135

-
-
-
200
Applied Business Double Award subject award
413001 + two from 413004, 413005, 413006 + 413007
continued on next page
163
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Business subjects and Economics (continued)
GCSE (linear assessment)
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result for the controlled assessment can
be carried forward.
or
164
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Chemistry
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4402
4400
Qualification number
600/0889/1
Discount code
RD1
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
Paper based
Unit 1 Chemistry 1
On-screen
Unit 2 Chemistry 2
Unit 3 Chemistry 3
Unit 4 Chemistry 4
outgoing spec
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
CH1FP

25
69
Higher tier
CH1HP

25
100
Foundation tier
CH1FS

25
69
Higher tier
CH1HS

25
100
Foundation tier
CH2FP

25
69
Higher tier
CH2HP

25
100
Foundation tier
CH3FP

25
69
Higher tier
CH3HP

25
100
CH4P

25
100
4402

-
400
Controlled assessment

Full Course subject award
CH1FP or CH1HP or CH1FS or CH1HS
+ CH2FP or CH2HP + CH3FP or CH3HP + CH4P
This specification is being withdrawn. June 2017 is the final opportunity to make entries for the on-screen
units. A final re-sit opportunity, for which the on-screen units will not be offered, will be available in January
2018.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit (from either CH4P or MCH4P) provided the candidate has previously certificated the
qualification (either Chemistry 4402 or Chemistry M 4602). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt,
the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If a candidate wishes to carry
forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still required in the certificating
series.
The on-screen route to assessment in GCSE Chemistry 1 will be available in June 2017. A different entry
code is used to identify on-screen and paper based options: please ensure that the correct entry code is used.
The software required to run the test can be installed free of charge. Further information on the on-screen
tests, including details of the minimum system requirements, can be found on our website at aqa.org.uk/ost
Concurrent entries for both the paper based and on-screen routes for Chemistry 1 will not be accepted.
In addition, the following combinations of awards may not be claimed in the same series:
•
GCSE Chemistry with GCSE Science A (Route 1)
•
GCSE Chemistry with GCSE Additional Science (Route 1)
•
GCSE Chemistry with GCSE Further Additional Science
continued on next page
165
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Chemistry (continued)
GCSE (linear assessment)
Unit 4: ISAs have a specific submission date each year. Candidates may attempt any number of the ISAs
supplied by AQA for a particular subject. The best mark they achieve from a complete ISA is submitted.
A candidate is only allowed to have one attempt at each ISA, and this may only be submitted for moderation
on one occasion. It would constitute malpractice if the candidate is found to have submitted the same ISA
more than once and they could be excluded from at least this qualification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result for the controlled assessment can
be carried forward.
or
166
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Chinese (Mandarin)

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Unit 1 Listening
Unit 2 Reading
Series
availability
4670 Qualification numbers:
4670
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
5950
Full Course
5950 Attainment 8 measure(s)
FKC (Full Course only):
500/4623/8
500/4589/1
500/4491/6
Unit 4 Writing
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
Ebacc, Other
Foundation tier
46701F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46701H

40
20
60
Foundation tier
46702F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46702H

40
20
60

46703

60
30
90

46704

60
30
90
4671

-
-
150
4672

-
-
150
4673

-
-
300
46703/SR Recorded
Controlled assessment 46703/SU Unrecorded
Unit 3 Speaking
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Externally marked controlled assessment
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46701F or 46701H + 46703
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46702F or 46702H + 46704
Full Course subject award
46701F or 46701H + 46702F or 46702H
+ 46703 + 46704
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification (for example a
candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward.
Candidates wishing to carry forward unit 3 speaking controlled assessment must carry forward both the
recorded and unrecorded components (candidates do not have the option of carrying forward one component
and submitting new marks/work for the other component).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise and authenticate the controlled assessment(s). The centre must also mark the unit 3
speaking controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
167
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Citizenship Studies
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4105
4105
4910
EE31
outgoing spec
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
500/4678/0
500/4661/5
Controlled assessment
Controlled assessment
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
 41051

40
20
80
41052

60
30
120
41053

-
20
80
41054

-
30
120

Unit 3 Citizenship Studies
Unit 4 Taking Informed and Responsible Action
Entry
code
Other
Unit 1 Citizenship Studies
Unit 2 Advocacy and Representation
Series
availability

Short Course subject award
41051 + 41052
4106

-
-
200
Full Course subject award
41051 + 41052 + 41053 + 41054
4107

-
-
400
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification (for example a
candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s).
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
168
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Classical Civilisation
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4020
4020
6530
DB2B
Series
availability
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
Unit 1 Greece and Rome: Stories and Histories
Unit 2 Greece and Rome: Drama and Life
Unit 3 Greece and Rome: Conflict and Carnage
Unit 4 Greece and Rome: An Evaluative Study
500/4395/X
500/4396/1
Entry
code
Other
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
Foundation tier
40201F

50
25
69
Higher tier
40201H

50
25
100
Foundation tier
40202F

50
25
69
Higher tier
40202H

50
25
100
Foundation tier
40203F

50
25
69
Higher tier
40203H

50
25
100
40204

50
25
100
4021

-
-
200
4022

-
-
400
Controlled assessment

Short Course subject award
one from 40201F, 40201H, 40202F, 40202H, 40203F, 40203H
+ 40204
Full Course subject award
40201F or 40201H + 40202F or 40202H
+ 40203F or 40203H + 40204
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification (for example a
candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result for the controlled assessment can
be carried forward.
or
169
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Computer Science
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4512
4512
Computer Science: paper based
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/4908/X
Discount code
CK1
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
4512/1
4512/2
Controlled assessment 
Written paper
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
4512

60
40
Max
UMS
180
120
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
A single entry is all that is needed for the examination paper, controlled assessment entry and certification.
The on-screen option will not be available in June 2017.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
170
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Dance
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4230
4230
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4403/5
Discount code
LB1
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 3 Performance in a Duo/Group Dance
Unit 4 Choreography
Full Course subject award
Controlled assessment
42304/A
Controlled assessment 42304/B
Task A
Task B
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
42301

20
60

42302

20
60

42303

20
60

42304

40
120
4232

-
300
Unit 1 Critical Appreciation of Dance
Unit 2 Set Dance: Practical Examination
Series
Weighting
availability
%
42301 + 42302 + 42303 + 42304
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward.
Candidates wishing to carry forward unit 4 choreography controlled assessment must carry forward both task
A and task B components (candidates do not have the option of carrying forward one component and
submitting new marks/work for the other component).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
171
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Design and Technology: Electronic Products
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4540
4540
Qualification number
500/4605/6
Discount code
XL1
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Design and making practice
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Controlled assessment
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

45401

40
160

45402

60
240
4542

-
400
45401 + 45402
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Design and Technology:
Food Technology
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4545
4545
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4485/0
Discount code
NH6
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Design and making practice
Full Course subject award
Controlled assessment
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

45451

40
160

45452

60
240
4547

-
400
45451 + 45452
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
172
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Design and Technology: Graphic Products
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4550
4550
Qualification number
500/4496/5
Discount code
JC3
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Design and making practice
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Controlled assessment
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

45501

40
160

45502

60
240
4552

-
400
45501 + 45502
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Design and Technology: Product Design
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4555
4555
Qualification number
500/4481/3
Discount code
VF2
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Design and making practice
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Controlled assessment
45551 + 45552
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

45551

40
160

45552

60
240
4557

-
400
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
173
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Design and Technology: Resistant Materials Technology
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4560
4560
Qualification number
500/4609/3
Discount code
XA5
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Design and making practice
Full Course subject award
Controlled assessment
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

45601

40
160

45602

60
240
4562

-
400
45601 + 45602
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Design and Technology: Systems and Control
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4565
4565
Qualification number
500/4608/1
Discount code
WA2
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Design and making practice
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Controlled assessment
45651 + 45652
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

45651

40
160

45652

60
240
4567

-
400
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
174
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Design and Technology: Textiles Technology
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4570
4570
Qualification number
500/4588/X
Discount code
XA5A
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Design and making practice
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Controlled assessment
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

45701

40
160

45702

60
240
4572

-
400
45701 + 45702
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Design and Technology: Short Course
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4575
4575
Qualification number
500/4604/4
Discount code
8900
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Design and making practice
Short Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Controlled assessment
45751 + 45752
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17

45751

40
80

45752

60
120
4576

-
200
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
175
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Drama
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4240
4240
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4507/6
Discount code
LC11
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Practical work
Controlled assessment
Full Course subject award

42401 + 42402
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
42401

40
120
42402

60
180
4242

-
300
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Economics
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
4130
Economics is part of GCSE Business subjects and Economics - please see page 163.
176
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Electronics
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4430
4430
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Qualification number
500/4680/9
Discount code
RC52
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Practical Electronics System Synthesis
Full Course subject award
Controlled assessment
44301 + 44302

Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
44301

75
300
44302

25
100
4432

-
400
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
177
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Engineering
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Single Award
Double Award
4850
4850
XA1
XA1
Series
availability
Qualification numbers:
Single Award
500/4600/7
Double Award 500/4489/8
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Full Double
6G17
Course Award
21/2/17
 48501

40
20
80
 48502

60
30
120
48503

-
20
80
 48504

-
30
120
Single Award subject award
48501 + 48502
4852

-
-
200
Double Award subject award
Either 48501 + 48502 + 48503 + 48504
Or
[a previous result for 4852] + 48503 + 48504
4854

-
-
400
Unit 1 Materials, Technologies and Design Considerations
Unit 2 Designing, Communicating and
Manufacturing
controlled assessment
Unit 3 Application of Technology
Unit 4 Developing Design and
Manufacturing Products
controlled assessment
Single Award
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the Single Award, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the qualification (either the Single Award
4852 or Double Award 4854). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in
the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
Double Award
Candidates wishing to take the Double Award have two options:
Option 1 Enter for all four units and the subject award in the same series.
The results for these attempts will be used to form the Double Award. If they wish, candidates can
also claim a Single Award in the same series.
Option 2 Enter for the Double Award units (units 3 & 4) and the subject award (4854) in the same series.
This option is available only to candidates who have previously certificated the Single Award (4852).
The result for these attempts at units 3 & 4 will be combined with the result of the most recent Single
Award (based on units 1 & 2) from a previous series to form the Double Award.
Candidate wishing to re-take the Double Award must enter as above (option 1 or option 2). Results for the
controlled assessment unit(s) can be carried forward provided they have been used in an award previously
(4852 and/or 4854). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most
recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
178
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English
Final re-sit opportunity
excluding centres in Northern Ireland and Wales
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
4700
Basedata group code 4700
Qualification number
601/3159/7
Discount code
FK2A
Attainment 8 measure(s): EBacc,
Other
Unit 1 Understanding and
producing non-fiction texts
Entry
code
Series
availability
Weighting Max
%
UMS
Nov 2016 June 2017
6G17
BG16
21/2/17
4/10/16
Foundation tier
ENG1F


60
125
Higher tier
ENG1H


60
180
Unit 2 Speaking and listening
Controlled assessment
 ENG02


-
-
Unit 3 Understanding and
producing creative texts
Controlled assessment
 ENG03


40
120


-
300
Full Course subject award and Endorsement
ENG1F or ENG1H + ENG03 and ENG02
4702
This specification is available as a re-sit only opportunity for November 2016, with a final re-sit only
opportunity (for students aged 16 or above at the start of the academic year) in June 2017.
This page does not apply to centres in Northern Ireland and Wales. Separate entry codes have been
introduced for use by centres in Northern Ireland (see page 181). We do not offer a compliant GCSE English
specification for schools in Wales.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE (both the subject award and endorsement) must be taken in the certificating series. A separate entry is
required for each unit and for the subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may:
•
for ENG02 carry forward:
o
the result (grade 5-1) for ENG02 where the candidate has previously certificated either English
(4702) or English Language (4707) and ENG02 was reported as a separate endorsement, or
o
the adjusted mark for ENG02 where the candidate has previously certificated either English (4702)
or English Language (4707) and ENG02 was not reported as a separate endorsement, or
o
the adjusted mark for NENG02 controlled assessment unit, provided the candidate has previously
certificated either English (5702) or English Language (5707).
If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award
will be carried forward.
•
for ENG03, carry forward the result of the ENG03 or NENG03 controlled assessment unit provided the
candidate has previously certificated English (4702 or 5702). If a candidate has more than one previous
attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result(s) for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
Candidates cannot be entered for GCSE English and GCSE English Language in the same exam series.
179
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English (outgoing spec) (continued)
excluding centres in Northern Ireland and Wales
GCSE (linear assessment)
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
180
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s), or
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English
Final re-sit opportunity
for centres in Northern Ireland only
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
5700
Basedata group code 5700
Max
UMS
Entry
code
Nov 2016
BG16
4/10/16
Foundation tier
NENG1F

40
83
Higher tier
NENG1H

40
120
Qualification number
500/7917/7
Discount code
FK2A
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Unit 1 Understanding and
producing non-fiction texts
Series
Weighting
%
availability
Unit 2 Speaking and listening
Controlled assessment

NENG02

20
60
Unit 3 Understanding and
producing creative texts
Controlled assessment

NENG03

40
120
5702

-
300
Full Course subject award
NENG1F or NENG1H + NENG02 + NENG03
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
This page applies to centres in Northern Ireland only.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may:
•
for NENG02, carry forward:
o
the result (UMS) for NENG02 controlled assessment unit, provided the candidate has previously
certificated English (5702), or
o
the adjusted mark of the ENG02 controlled assessment unit provided the candidate has previously
certificated English (4702) and ENG02 as a separate endorsement, or
o
the result (UMS) for ENG02 where the candidate has previously certificated English (4702) and
ENG02 was not reported as a separate endorsement.
If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award
will be carried forward.
•
for NENG03, carry forward the result of the ENG03 or NENG03 controlled assessment unit provided the
candidate has previously certificated English (4702 or 5702). If a candidate has more than one previous
attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result(s) for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
Candidates cannot be entered for GCSE English and GCSE English Language in the same exam series.
181
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English (outgoing spec) (continued)
for centres in Northern Ireland only
GCSE (linear assessment)
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
182
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English Language
Final re-sit opportunity
excluding centres in Northern Ireland and Wales
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
4705
Basedata group code 4700
Qualification number
601/3160/3
Discount code
FK2B
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc,
Other
Unit 1 Understanding and
producing non-fiction texts
Entry
code
Series
availability
Weighting Max
%
UMS
Nov 2016 June 2017
6G17
BG16
21/2/17
4/10/16
Foundation tier
ENG1F


60
125
Higher tier
ENG1H


60
180
Unit 2 Speaking and listening
Controlled assessment
 ENG02


-
-
Unit 3 Understanding spoken and written
texts and writing creatively
Controlled assessment
 ENL03


40
120


-
300
Full Course subject award and Endorsement
ENG1F or ENG1H + ENL03 and ENG02
4707
This specification is available as a re-sit only opportunity for November 2016, with a final re-sit only
opportunity (for students aged 16 or above at the start of the academic year) in June 2017.
This page does not apply to centres in Northern Ireland and Wales. Separate entry codes have been
introduced for use by centres in Northern Ireland (see page 185). We do not offer a compliant GCSE English
Language specification for schools in Wales.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE (both the subject award and endorsement) must be taken in the certificating series. A separate entry is
required for each unit and for the subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may:
•
for ENG02, carry forward:
o
the result (grade 5-1) for ENG02 where the candidate has previously certificated either English
(4702) or English Language (4707) and ENG02 was reported as a separate endorsement, or
o
the adjusted mark for ENG02 where the candidate has previously certificated either English (4702)
or English Language (4707) and ENG02 was not reported as a separate endorsement, or
o
the adjusted mark for NENG02 controlled assessment unit, provided the candidate has previously
certificated either English (5702) or English Language (5707).
If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award
will be carried forward.
•
for ENL03, carry forward the result of the ENL03 or NENL03 controlled assessment unit provided the
candidate has previously certificated English (4707 or 5707). If a candidate has more than one previous
attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result(s) for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
Candidates cannot be entered for GCSE English and GCSE English Language in the same exam series.
183
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English Language (outgoing spec) (continued)
excluding centres in Northern Ireland and Wales
GCSE (linear assessment)
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
184
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s), or
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English Language
Final re-sit opportunity
for centres in Northern Ireland only
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
5705
Basedata group code 5700
Qualification number
500/7918/9
Discount code
FK2B
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Unit 1 Understanding and
producing non-fiction texts
Series
Weighting
%
availability
Max
UMS
Entry
code
Nov 2016
BG16
4/10/16
Foundation tier
NENG1F

40
83
Higher tier
NENG1H

40
120
Unit 2 Speaking and listening
Controlled assessment

NENG02

20
60
Unit 3 Understanding spoken and written
texts and writing creatively
Controlled assessment

NENL03

40
120

300
Full Course subject award
NENG1F or NENG1H + NENG02 + NENL03
5707
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
This page applies to centres in Northern Ireland only.
For centres in Northern Ireland, Speaking and Listening will continue to count towards the overall GCSE
Language subject award.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may:
•
for NENG02, carry forward either:
o
the result (UMS) for NENG02 controlled assessment unit, provided the candidate has previously
certificated English Language (5707), or
o
the adjusted mark of the ENG02 controlled assessment unit provided the candidate has previously
certificated English Language (4707) and ENG02 as a separate endorsement, or
o
the result (UMS) for ENG02 where the candidate has previously certificated English Language
(4707) and ENG02 was not reported as a separate endorsement.
If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award
will be carried forward.
•
for NENL03, carry forward the result of the ENL03 or NENL03 controlled assessment unit provided the
candidate has previously certificated English Language (4707 or 5707). If a candidate has more than
one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result(s) for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
Candidates cannot be entered for GCSE English and GCSE English Language in the same exam series.
185
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English Language (outgoing spec) (continued)
for centres in Northern Ireland only
GCSE (linear assessment)
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
186
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s), or
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English Language
GCSE (GCSE91)
Specification code:
8700
Qualification number:
601/4292/3
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
new spec
Discount
code:
FK2B
Paper 1
Explorations in Creative Reading and Writing
8700/1
Paper 2
Writers’ Viewpoints and Perspectives
8700/2
NEA
Spoken language (endorsement)
8700/C
Entry
code
8700
Series
availability
Weighting Max
%
mark
Nov
June
2016
2017
BG16
6G17
4/10/16 21/2/17


50
80
50
80
-
-
This specification is not available to centres in Northern Ireland, or for centres within the maintained sector in
Wales. For more information, see the Changes to exams section on page 7
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers, non-exam assessment and certification.
Certification is available for the first time in June 2017 and then the November and June series thereafter.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Entries for the November 2017 series will only be available to candidates who were at least 16 years old on
31 August 2016, as set out in Ofqual's GCSE subject level conditions and requirements for English Language.
187
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
English Literature
GCSE (GCSE91)
new spec
Specification code:
8702
Qualification number:
601/4447/6
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
Discount
code:
FC4
Paper 1
Shakespeare and the 19th-century Novel
8702/1
Paper 2
Modern texts and poetry
8702/2
Series Weighting
%
availability
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
8702

Max
mark
40
64
60
96
This specification is not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information, see
the Changes to exams section on page 7.
A single entry is all that is needed for examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Environmental Science
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4440
4440
Qualification number
500/4527/1
Discount code
QA3
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Topics in Environmental Science
Unit 2 Investigations in Environmental Science
Full Course subject award
outgoing spec
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
44401F

75
209
Higher tier
44401H

75
300
44402

25
100
4442

-
400
Controlled assessment


44401F or 44401H + 44402
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
188
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Expressive Arts
GCSE (linear assessment)
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4432/1
Discount code
LC11
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Examination Presentation: Practical work

in response to set stimuli
Unit 2 Practical work in response to studies
Controlled assessment 
of existing arts works
Specification code
Basedata group code
4260
4260
Full Course subject award
42601 + 42602
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
42601

40
120
42602

60
180
4262

-
300
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
189
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
French

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Courses
Full Course
4655
4655
5650
FKF
Unit 1 Listening
Unit 2 Reading
outgoing spec
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full course only):
500/4614/7
500/4616/0
500/4470/9
Unit 4 Writing
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
EBacc, Other
Foundation tier
46551F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46551H

40
20
60
Foundation tier
46552F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46552H

40
20
60

46553

60
30
90

46554

60
30
90
4656

-
-
150
4657

-
-
150
4658

-
-
300
46553/SR Recorded
Controlled assessment 46553/SU Unrecorded
Unit 3 Speaking
Series
availability
Externally marked controlled assessment
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46551F or 46551H + 46553
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46552F or 46552H + 46554
Full Course subject award
46551F or 46551H + 46552F or 46552H
+ 46553 + 46554
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification (for example a
candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward.
Candidates wishing to carry forward unit 3 speaking controlled assessment must carry forward both the
recorded and unrecorded components (candidates do not have the option of carrying forward one component
and submitting new marks/work for the other component).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise and authenticate the controlled assessment(s). The centre must also mark the unit 3
speaking controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
190
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Further Additional Science
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4410
4410
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/6852/8
Discount codes
RA1D
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Further Additional Science - Biology
Unit 2 Further Additional Science - Chemistry
Unit 3 Further Additional Science - Physics
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
FAS1FP

25
69
Higher tier
FAS1HP

25
100
Foundation tier
FAS2FP

25
69
Higher tier
FAS2HP

25
100
Foundation tier
FAS3FP

25
69
Higher tier
FAS3HP

25
100
FAS4P

25
100
4412

-
400
Unit 4 Controlled assessment

Full Course subject award
FAS1FP or FAS1HP + FAS2FP or FAS2HP
+ FAS3FP or FAS3HP + FAS4P
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The following combinations of awards may not be claimed in the same series:
•
GCSE Further Additional Science with GCSE Biology
•
GCSE Further Additional Science with GCSE Chemistry
•
GCSE Further Additional Science with GCSE Physics
Unit 4: ISAs have a specific submission date each year. Candidates may attempt any number of the ISAs
supplied by AQA for a particular subject. The best mark they achieve from a complete ISA is submitted.
A candidate is only allowed to have one attempt at each ISA, and this may only be submitted for moderation
on one occasion. It would constitute malpractice if the candidate is found to have submitted the same ISA
more than once and they could be excluded from at least this qualification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result for the controlled assessment can
be carried forward.
or
191
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
General Studies
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Qualification number
500/4390/0
Discount code
EA3
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
4760
4760
Unit 1 Written paper (Case study)
Unit 2 Objective test and written paper
Full Course subject award

47602/1 Objective test
47602/2 Written paper
47601 + 47602
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
47601

25
50
47602

75
150
4762

-
200
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
192
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Geography A
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
9030
9030
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/6067/0
Discount codes
RF4
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
Unit 1 Physical Geography
Unit 2 Human Geography
Unit 3 Local Fieldwork Investigation
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
90301F

37.5
104
Higher tier
90301H

37.5
150
Foundation tier
90302F

37.5
104
Higher tier
90302H

37.5
150
90303

25
100
9032

-
400
Controlled assessment

Full Course subject award
90301F or 90301H + 90302F or 90302H
+ 90303
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit from the current or previous Geography A specifications (9030 or 4030) provided the
candidate has previously certificated the Full Course subject award (9032 or 4032). If a candidate has more
than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
193
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Geography B
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
9035
9035
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/6491/2
Discount codes
RF4
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
Unit 1 Managing places in the 21st century
Unit 2 Hostile world and Investigating the
shrinking world
Unit 3 Local investigation including fieldwork
and geographical issue Investigation
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
90351F

37.5
104
Higher tier
90351H

37.5
150
Foundation tier
90352F

37.5
104
Higher tier
90352H

37.5
150
90353

25
100
9037

-
400
Controlled assessment

Full Course subject award
90351F or 90351H + 90352F or 90352H
+ 90353
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit from the current Geography B specification (9035) provided the candidate has previously
certificated the award (9037). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in
the most recent award will be carried forward.
Candidates do not have the option of carrying forward the controlled assessment result from the previous
GCSE Geography B specification (4035).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
194
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
German

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4665
4665
5670
FKG
Unit 1 Listening
Unit 2 Reading
Unit 3 Speaking
Unit 4 Writing
outgoing spec
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
500/4615/9
500/4611/1
500/4427/8
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
EBacc, Other
Foundation tier
46651F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46651H

40
20
60
Foundation tier
46652F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46652H

40
20
60
46653/SR Recorded
Controlled assessment 46653/SU Unrecorded

46653

60
30
90
Externally marked controlled assessment

46654

60
30
90
4666

-
-
150
4667

-
-
150
4668

-
-
300
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46651F or 46651H + 46653
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46652F or 46652H + 46654
Full Course subject award
46651F or 46651H + 46652F or 46652H
+ 46653 + 46654
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification (for example a
candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward.
Candidates wishing to carry forward unit 3 speaking controlled assessment must carry forward both the
recorded and unrecorded components (candidates do not have the option of carrying forward one component
and submitting new marks/work for the other component).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise and authenticate the controlled assessment(s). The centre must also mark the unit 3
speaking controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
195
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Health and Social Care
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Single Award
Double Award
4820
4820
PA1
PA1
Series
availability
Qualification numbers:
Single Award
500/4607/X
Double Award 500/4426/6
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Full Double
6G17
Course Award
21/2/17
48201

40
20
80
 48202

60
30
120
48203

-
20
80
 48204

-
30
120
Single Award subject award
48201 + 48202
4822

-
-
200
Double Award subject award
Either 48201 + 48202 + 48203 + 48204
Or
[a previous result for 4822] + 48203 + 48204
4824

-
-
400
Unit 1 Understanding Personal Development and Relationships
Unit 2 Health, Social Care and
Early Years Provision
Controlled assessment
Unit 3 The Nature of Health and Well-Being
Unit 4 Promoting Health and Well-Being
Controlled assessment
Single Award
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the Single Award, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the qualification (either the Single Award
4822 or Double Award 4824). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in
the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
Double Award
Candidates wishing to take the Double Award have two options:
Option 1 Enter for all four units and the subject award in the same series.
The results for these attempts will be used to form the Double Award. If they wish, candidates can
also claim a Single Award in the same series.
Option 2 Enter for the Double Award units (units 3 & 4) and the subject award (4824) in the same series.
This option is available only to candidates who have previously certificated the Single Award (4822).
The result for these attempts at units 3 & 4 will be combined with the result of the most recent Single
Award (based on units 1 & 2) from a previous series to form the Double Award.
Candidate wishing to re-take the Double Award must enter as above (option 1 or option 2). Results for the
controlled assessment unit(s) can be carried forward provided they have been used in an award previously
(4822 and/or 4824). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most
recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
continued on next page
196
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Health and Social Care (continued)
GCSE (linear assessment)
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
197
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
History A
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
Unit 1
Unit 2
9140
9140
4010
DB
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
601/0162/3
Full Course
601/0467/3
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
EBacc, Other
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
A Medicine Through Time
91401A

-
35
70
B Media and Mass Communication Through Time
91401B

-
35
70
A The American West, 1840-1895
91402A

-
40
80
B Britain, 1815-1851
91402B

-
40
80
C Elizabethan England,1558-1603
91402C

-
40
80
D Germany, 1919-1945
91402D

-
40
80
91403

50
25
50
A Medicine Through Time
91404A

50
-
50
B Media and Mass Communication Through Time
91404B

50
-
50
9141

-
-
100
9142

-
-
200
Unit 3 Historical Enquiry - History Around Us
Short
Course
outgoing spec
Controlled assessment

Short Course subject award
91403 + 91404A or 91404B
Full Course subject award
91401A or 91401B
+ 91402A or 91402B or 91402C or 91402D + 91403
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit from the current History A specification (9140) provided the candidate has previously
certificated the same qualification (for example a candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously
certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was
used in the most recent award will be carried forward.
Candidates do not have the option of carrying forward marks from the previous GCSE History A specifications
(9040 and 4040).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
Candidates may only enter one of 91401A and 91404A in the same exam series.
Candidates may only enter one of 91401B and 91404B in the same exam series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
198
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
History B
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
9145
9145
4010
DB
outgoing spec
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
601/0632/3
Full Course
601/0269/X
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
EBacc, Other
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
Unit 1 International Relations: Conflict and Peace in the 20th Century
91451

-
37.5
90
Unit 2 20th Century Depth Studies
91452

-
37.5
90
91453

50
25
60
Short
International Relations: Conflict and Peace in the 20th Century
Course
91454

50
-
60
Short Course subject award
91453 + 91454
9146

-
-
120
Full Course subject award
91451 + 91452 + 91453
9147

-
-
240
Unit 3 Historical Enquiry - British History
Controlled assessment

This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit from the current History B specification (9145) provided the candidate has previously
certificated the same qualification (for example a candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously
certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was
used in the most recent award will be carried forward.
Candidates do not have the option of carrying forward marks from the previous GCSE History B specifications
(9045 and 4045).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
Candidates may only enter one of 91451 and 91454 in the same exam series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
199
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Home Economics: Child Development
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4580
4580
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Qualification number
500/4389/4
Discount code
GA33
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
45801

40
120
Unit 2 Research task
Controlled assessment

45802

20
60
Unit 3 Child study
Controlled assessment

45803

40
120
4582

-
300
Full Course subject award
45801 + 45802 + 45803
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward. If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for
the unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
Home Economics: Food and Nutrition
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4585
4585
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4388/2
Discount code
NH
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Written paper
Unit 2 Food and Nutrition in Practice
Full Course subject award
Controlled assessment

45851 + 45852
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
45851

40
120
45852

60
180
4587

-
300
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
200
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Human Health and Physiology
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4415
4415
Qualification number
500/4560/X
Discount code
RH41
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Unit 1 Topics in Human Health and Physiology
Unit 2 Investigations in Human Health
and Physiology
Full Course subject award
outgoing spec
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
44151F

75
209
Higher tier
44151H

75
300
44152

25
100
4417

-
400
Controlled assessment


44151F or 44151H + 44152
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
201
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Humanities
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4070
4070
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4606/8
Discount code
DA
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Max
UMS
Unit 1 Humanities core

40701

37.5
90
Unit 2 Humanities options

40702

37.5
90

40703

25
60
4072

-
240
Unit 3 Humanities investigation
Full Course subject award
Controlled assessment
40701 + 40702 + 40703
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
202
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Information and Communication Technology
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Full Course
Short Course
4520
4520
CJ
2650
Series
availability
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
500/8510/4
Full Course
500/7941/4
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
Other
Unit 1 Systems and Applications in ICT
Paper based
On-screen
Unit 2 The Assignment: Applying ICT
Controlled assessment
Unit 3 Practical Problem Solving in ICT
Controlled assessment
Short Course: Systems and Applications in ICT
Entry
code
Paper based
On-screen




Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
45201

-
40
160
45201S

-
40
160
45202

60
30
120
45203

-
30
120
45204

40
-
80
45204S

40
-
80
Short Course subject award
45204 or 45204S + 45202
4521

-
-
200
Full Course subject award
45201 or 45201S + 45202 + 45203
4522

-
-
400
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward. If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for
the unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The on-screen route to assessment in GCSE Information and Communication Technology 4520 will be
available in June 2016. A different entry code is used to identify on-screen and paper based options: please
ensure that the correct entry code is used.
The software required to run the test can be installed free of charge. Further information on the on-screen
tests, including details of the minimum system requirements, can be found on our website at aqa.org.uk/ost
Candidates may only enter one of 45201, 45201S, 45204 and 45204S in the same exam series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
203
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Italian

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4630
4630
5690
FKX
Unit 1 Listening
Unit 2 Reading
Unit 3 Speaking
Unit 4 Writing
Series
availability
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
500/4565/9
500/4563/5
500/4476/X
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
EBacc, Other
Foundation tier
46301F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46301H

40
20
60
Foundation tier
46302F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46302H

40
20
60
46303/SR Recorded
Controlled assessment 46303/SU Unrecorded

46303

60
30
90
Externally marked controlled assessment

46304

60
30
90
4631

-
-
150
4632

-
-
150
4633

-
-
300
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46301F or 46301H + 46303
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46302F or 46302H + 46304
Full Course subject award
46301F or 46301H + 46302F or 46302H
+ 46303 + 46304
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification (for example a
candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward.
Candidates wishing to carry forward unit 3 speaking controlled assessment must carry forward both the
recorded and unrecorded components (candidates do not have the option of carrying forward one component
and submitting new marks/work for the other component).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise and authenticate the controlled assessment(s). The centre must also mark the unit 3
speaking controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
204
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Law
GCSE (linear assessment)
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Unit 1 The English Legal System
41601

50
100
Unit 2 Law in Action
41602

50
100
4162

-
200
Specification code
Basedata group code
Qualification number
500/4391/2
Discount code
EC1
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Series
Weighting
availability
%
4160
4160
Full Course subject award
41601 + 41602
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
205
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Leisure and Tourism
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes
Single Award
Double Award
4840
4840
NK1
NK1
Series
availability
Qualification numbers:
Single Award
500/4450/3
Double Award 500/4597/0
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Full Double
6G17
Course Award
21/2/17
48401

40
20
80
 48402

60
30
120
48403

-
20
80
 48404

-
30
120
Single Award subject award
48401 + 48402
4842

-
-
200
Double Award subject award
Either 48401 + 48402 + 48403 + 48404
Or
[a previous result for 4842] + 48403 + 48404
4844

-
-
400
Unit 1 Understanding leisure and tourism destinations
Unit 2 The nature of leisure and tourism
Controlled assessment
Unit 3 The business of leisure and tourism
Unit 4 Investigating tourism destinations
and impacts
Controlled assessment
Single Award
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the Single Award, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the qualification (either the Single Award
4842 or Double Award 4844). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in
the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
Double Award
Candidates wishing to take the Double Award have two options:
Option 1 Enter for all four units and the subject award in the same series.
The results for these attempts will be used to form the Double Award. If they wish, candidates can
also claim a Single Award in the same series.
Option 2 Enter for the Double Award units (units 3 & 4) and the subject award (4844) in the same series.
This option is available only to candidates who have previously certificated the Single Award (4842).
The result for these attempts at units 3 & 4 will be combined with the result of the most recent Single
Award (based on units 1 & 2) from a previous series to form the Double Award.
Candidate wishing to re-take the Double Award must enter as above (option 1 or option 2). Results for the
controlled assessment unit(s) can be carried forward provided they have been used in an award previously
(4842 and/or 4844). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most
recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
206
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Mathematics
Final re-sit opportunity
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
4360
Basedata group code 4360
Unit 2 Number and algebra
Unit 3 Geometry and algebra
Max
UMS
Entry
code
Nov 2016
BG16
4/10/16
Foundation tier
43601F

26.7
55
Higher tier
43601H

26.7
80
Foundation tier
43602F

33.3
69
Higher tier
43602H

33.3
100
Foundation tier
43603F

40
83
Higher tier
43603H

40
120
4362

-
300
Qualification number
500/7856/2
Discount code
RB1
Attainment 8 measure(s) Maths, Other
Unit 1 Statistics and number
Series Weighting
%
availability
Full Course subject award
43601F or 43601H + 43602F or 43602H
+ 43603F or 43603H
This specification is available as a final re-sit only opportunity.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Mathematics (linear) B
Final re-sit opportunity
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
4365
Basedata group code 4365
Qualification number
500/8495/1
Discount code
RB1
Attainment 8 measure(s) Maths, Other
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Nov 2016 June 2017
BG16
6G17
4/10/16
21/2/17
Foundation tier
4365/1F Paper 1 (non-calculator) tier F
4365/2F Paper 2 (calculator) tier F
4365F


40
60
Higher tier
4365/1H Paper 1 (non-calculator) tier H
4365/2H Paper 2 (calculator) tier H
4365H


40
60
This specification is available as a re-sit only opportunity for November 2016, with a final re-sit only
opportunity (for students aged 16 or above at the start of the academic year) in June 2017.
Candidates may only enter for one of the two options per series. A single entry is all that is needed for both
examination papers and certification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
207
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Mathematics
GCSE (GCSE91)
new spec
Specification code:
8300
Qualification number:
601/4608/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) Maths, Other
Foundation tier
Higher tier
Discount
code:
RB1
Entry
code
Series
availability
Weighting Max
%
mark
Nov
June
2016
2017
BG16
6G17
4/10/16 21/2/17
33.3
80
33.3
80
8300/3F
33.3
80
Tier H (Non-calculator)
8300/1H
33.3
80
Paper 2
Tier H (Calculator)
8300/2H 8300H
33.3
80
Paper 3
Tier H (Calculator)
8300/3H
33.3
80
Paper 1
Tier F (Non-calculator)
8300/1F
Paper 2
Tier F (Calculator)
8300/2F 8300F
Paper 3
Tier F (Calculator)
Paper 1




This specification is not available in Wales for centres within the maintained sector. For more information, see
the Changes to exams section on page 7.
Candidates may enter for only one of the two options per series. A single entry is all that is needed for
examination papers and certification.
Certification is available for the fist time in June 2017 and then the November and June series thereafter.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
Entries for the November 2017 series will only be available to candidates who were at least 16 years old on
31 August 2016, as set out in Ofqual's GCSE subject level conditions and requirements for Mathematics.
208
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Applications of Mathematics (linked pair)
GCSE (linear assessment) Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
9370
Basedata group code 9370
Qualification number
500/7931/1
Discount code
RB7J
Attainment 8 measure(s) Maths,
Other
Unit 1 Finance and statistics
Unit 2 Geometry and measures
Entry
code
Series
availability
Weighting Max
%
UMS
Nov 2016 June 2017
6G17
BG16
21/2/17
4/10/16
Foundation tier
93701F


50
69
Higher tier
93701H


50
100
Foundation tier
93702F


50
69
Higher tier
93702H


50
100
9372


-
200
Full Course subject award
93701F or 93701H + 93702F or 93702H
This specification is available as a re-sit only opportunity for November 2016, with a final re-sit only
opportunity (for students aged 16 or above at the start of the academic year) in June 2017.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
209
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Methods in Mathematics (linked pair)
GCSE (linear assessment) Final re-sit opportunity
Specification code
9365
Basedata group code 9365
Unit 1 Algebra and probability
Unit 2 Geometry and algebra
Qualification number
500/7942/6
Discount code
RB1G
Attainment 8 measure(s) Maths,
Other
Entry
code
Series
availability
Weighting Max
%
UMS
Nov 2016 June 2017
6G17
BG16
21/2/17
4/10/16
Foundation tier
93651F


50
69
Higher tier
93651H


50
100
Foundation tier
93652F


50
69
Higher tier
93652H


50
100
9367


-
200
Full Course subject award
93651F or 93651H + 93652F or 93652H
This specification is available as a re-sit only opportunity for November 2016, with a final re-sit only
opportunity (for students aged 16 or above at the start of the academic year) in June 2017.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
210
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Media Studies
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Single Award
Double Award
4810
4810
KA2
KA2
Series
availability
Qualification numbers:
Single Award
500/4425/4
Double Award 500/4457/6
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Full Double
6G17
Course Award
21/2/17

48101

40
20
80

48102

60
30
120
48103

-
20
80
48104

-
30
120
Single Award subject award
48101 + 48102
4812

-
-
200
Double Award subject award
Either 48101 + 48102 + 48103 + 48104
Or
[a previous result for 4812] + 48103 + 48104
4814

-
-
400
Unit 1 Investigating the media
Unit 2 Understanding the media
Controlled assessment
Unit 3 Exploring media industries
Unit 4 Responding to a media brief
Controlled assessment

Single Award
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the Single Award, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the qualification (either the Single Award
4812 or Double Award 4814). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in
the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
Double Award
Candidates wishing to take the Double Award have two options:
Option 1 Enter for all four units and the subject award in the same series.
The results for these attempts will be used to form the Double Award. If they wish, candidates can
also claim a Single Award in the same series.
Option 2 Enter for the Double Award units (units 3 & 4) and the subject award (4814) in the same series.
This option is available only to candidates who have previously certificated the Single Award (4812).
The result for these attempts at units 3 & 4 will be combined with the result of the most recent Single
Award (based on units 1 & 2) from a previous series to form the Double Award.
Candidate wishing to re-take the Double Award must enter as above (option 1 or option 2). Results for the
controlled assessment unit(s) can be carried forward provided they have been used in an award previously
(4812 and/or 4814). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most
recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
211
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Methods in Mathematics (linked pair)
GCSE (linear assessment)
Final re-sit opportunity
Modern Hebrew

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Courses
Full Course
4675
4675
6030
F1H
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
See page 210
Series
availability
500/4653/6
500/4655/X
500/4647/0
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
EBacc, Other
Unit 1 Listening
46751

50
25
100
Unit 2 Reading
46752

50
25
100
Unit 3 Speaking
46753

50
25
100
Unit 4 Writing
46754

50
25
100
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46751 + 46753
4676

-
-
200
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46752 + 46754
4677

-
-
200
Full Course subject award
46751 + 46752 + 46753 + 46754
4678

-
-
400
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
212
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Music
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4270
4270
outgoing spec
Qualification number
500/4666/4
Discount code
LF1
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Max
UMS
Unit 1 Listening to and appraising music

42701

20
80
Unit 2 Composing and appraising music

42702

20
80
Unit 3 Performing music
Controlled assessment

42703

40
160
Unit 4 Composing music
Controlled assessment

42704

20
80
4272

-
400
Full Course subject award
42701 + 42702 + 42703 + 42704
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward. If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for
the unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
213
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Panjabi

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4680
4680
6050
FKQ
Series
availability
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
500/4651/2
500/4657/3
500/4660/3
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
EBacc, Other
Foundation tier
46801F

50
25
69
Higher tier
46801H

50
25
100
Foundation tier
46802F

50
25
69
Higher tier
46802H

50
25
100
Unit 3 Speaking
46803

50
25
100
Unit 4 Writing
46804

50
25
100
4681

-
-
200
4682

-
-
200
4683

-
-
400
Unit 1 Listening
Unit 2 Reading
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46801F or 46801H + 46803
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46802F or 46802H + 46804
Full Course subject award
46801F or 46801H + 46802F or 46802H
+ 46803 + 46804
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
214
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Performing Arts
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Single Award
Double Award
4880
4880
LC11
LC11
outgoing spec
Qualification numbers:
Single Award
500/4404/7
Double Award 500/4402/3
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Full Double
6G17
Course Award
21/2/17

48801

60
30
120

48802

40
20
80

48803

-
30
120

48804

-
20
80
Single Award subject award
48801 + 48802
4882

-
-
200
Double Award subject award
Either 48801 + 48802 + 48803 + 48804
Or
[a previous result for 4882] + 48803 + 48804
4884

-
-
400
Unit 1 Skills development
Unit 2 Showcase performance
Unit 3 Working to a commission
Unit 4 Final performance/designs
for the chosen commission
Controlled assessment
External assignment
Controlled assessment
External assignment
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
Single Award
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the Single Award, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the qualification (either the Single Award
4882 or Double Award 4884). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in
the most recent award will be carried forward. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward the external
assignment result (unit 2).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
Double Award
Candidates wishing to take the Double Award have two options:
Option 1 Enter for all four units and the subject award in the same series.
The results for these attempts will be used to form the Double Award. If they wish, candidates can
also claim a Single Award in the same series.
Option 2 Enter for the Double Award units (units 3 & 4) and the subject award (4884) in the same series.
This option is available only to candidates who have previously certificated the Single Award (4882).
The result for these attempts at units 3 & 4 will be combined with the result of the most recent Single
Award (based on units 1 & 2) from a previous series to form the Double Award.
Candidate wishing to re-take the Double Award must enter as above (option 1 or option 2). Results for the
controlled assessment unit(s) can be carried forward provided they have been used in an award previously
(4882 and/or 4884). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most
recent award will be carried forward. Candidates are not allowed to carry forward the external assignment
results (units 2 and 4)
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
continued on next page
215
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Performing Arts (continued)
GCSE (linear assessment)
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
216
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Physical Education
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Single Award
Double Award
4890
4890
7210
MA1
MA1
outgoing spec
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
Single Award
Double Award
Attainment 8 measure(s)
500/4603/2
500/4506/4
500/4558/1
Other
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
June 2017
6G17 Short Full
21/2/17
Max
UMS
Dble

48901

40
-
-
60

48902

60
-
-
90

48903

-
40
20
120

48904

-
60
30
180

48905

-
-
20
120

48906

-
-
30
180
Short Course subject award
48901 + 48902
4891

-
-
-
150
Single Award subject award
48903 + 48904
4892

-
-
-
300
Double Award subject award
Either 48903 + 48904 + 48905 + 48906
Or
[a previous result for 4892] + 48905 + 48906
4894

-
-
-
600
Unit 1 Knowledge and understanding for the active participant
Unit 2 The active participant
Controlled assessment
Unit 3 Knowledge and understanding for the active participant
Unit 4 The active participant
Controlled assessment
Unit 5 Knowledge and understanding for the involved participant
Unit 6 The active participant
Controlled assessment
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
Short Course
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the Short Course award, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the Short Course qualification (4891). If a
candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be
carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
Single Award
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the Single Award, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the qualification (either the Single Award
4892 or Double Award 4894). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in
the most recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is
still required in the certificating series.
continued on next page
217
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Physical Education (continued)
GCSE (linear assessment)
Double Award
Candidates wishing to take the Double Award have two options:
Option 1 Enter for all four units and the subject award in the same series.
The results for these attempts will be used to form the Double Award. If they wish, candidates can
also claim a Single Award in the same series.
Option 2 Enter for the Double Award units (units 5 & 6) and the subject award (4894) in the same series.
This option is available only to candidates who have previously certificated the Single Award (4892).
The result for these attempts at units 5 & 6 will be combined with the result of the most recent Single
Award (based on units 3 & 4) from a previous series to form the Double Award.
Candidate wishing to re-take the Double Award must enter as above (option 1 or option 2). Results for the
controlled assessment unit(s) can be carried forward provided they have been used in an award previously
(4892 and/or 4894). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most
recent award will be carried forward.
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is not available to private candidates.
218
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Physics
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4403
4400
Qualification number
600/0891/X
Discount code
RC1
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
Paper based
Unit 1 Physics 1
On-screen
Unit 2 Physics 2
Unit 3 Physics 3
Unit 4 Physics 4
outgoing spec
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
PH1FP

25
69
Higher tier
PH1HP

25
100
Foundation tier
PH1FS

25
69
Higher tier
PH1HS

25
100
Foundation tier
PH2FP

25
69
Higher tier
PH2HP

25
100
Foundation tier
PH3FP

25
69
Higher tier
PH3HP

25
100
PH4P

25
100
4403

-
400
Controlled assessment

Full Course subject award
PH1FP or PH1HP or PH1FS or PH1HS
+ PH2FP or PH2HP + PH3FP or PH3HP
+ PH4P
This specification is being withdrawn. June 2017 is the final opportunity to make entries for the on-screen
units. A final re-sit opportunity, for which the on-screen units will not be offered, will be available in January
2018.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit (from either PH4P or MPH4P) provided the candidate has previously certificated the
qualification (either Physics 4403 or Physics M 4603). If a candidate has more than one previous attempt, the
attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If a candidate wishes to carry forward
the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still required in the certificating series.
The on-screen route to assessment in GCSE Physics 1 will be available in June 2017. A different entry code is
used to identify on-screen and paper based options: please ensure that the correct entry code is used.
The software required to run the test can be installed free of charge. Further information on the on-screen
tests, including details of the minimum system requirements, can be found on our website at aqa.org.uk/ost
Concurrent entries for both the paper based and on-screen routes for Physics 1 will not be accepted.
In addition, the following combinations of awards may not be claimed in the same series:
•
GCSE Physics with GCSE Science A (Route 1)
•
GCSE Physics with GCSE Additional Science (Route 1)
•
GCSE Physics with GCSE Further Additional Science
continued on next page
219
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Physics (continued)
GCSE (linear assessment)
Unit 4: ISAs have a specific submission date each year. Candidates may attempt any number of the ISAs
supplied by AQA for a particular subject. The best mark they achieve from a complete ISA is submitted.
A candidate is only allowed to have one attempt at each ISA, and this may only be submitted for moderation
on one occasion. It would constitute malpractice if the candidate is found to have submitted the same ISA
more than once and they could be excluded from at least this qualification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result for the controlled assessment can
be carried forward.
or
220
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Polish

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4685
4685
6070
FKO
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
Series
availability
500/4650/0
500/4656/1
500/4665/2
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
EBacc, Other
Unit 1 Listening
46851

50
25
100
Unit 2 Reading
46852

50
25
100
Unit 3 Speaking
46853

50
25
100
Unit 4 Writing
46854

50
25
100
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46851 + 46853
4686

-
-
200
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46852 + 46854
4687

-
-
200
Full Course subject award
46851 + 46852 + 46853 + 46854
4688

-
-
400
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
221
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Psychology
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4180
4180
4850
PK1
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
500/4599/4
Full Course
500/4435/7
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
Other
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
Unit 1 Making Sense of Other People
41801

100
50
100
Unit 2 Understanding Other People
41802

-
50
100
Short Course subject award
41801
4181

-
-
100
Full Course subject award
41801 + 41802
4182

-
-
200
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
222
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Religious Studies A
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4050
4050
outgoing spec
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
500/4484/9
Full Course
500/4514/3
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
Other
4610
DD1
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
Unit 1 Christianity
405001

100
50
100
Unit 2 Christianity: Ethics
405002

100
50
100
Unit 3 Roman Catholicism
405003

100
50
100
Unit 4 Roman Catholicism: Ethics
405004

100
50
100
Unit 5 St Mark’s Gospel
405005

100
50
100
Unit 6 St Luke’s Gospel
405006

100
50
100
Unit 7 Philosophy of Religion
405007

100
50
100
Unit 8 Islam
405008

100
50
100
Unit 9 Islam: Ethics
405009

100
50
100
Unit 10 Judaism
405010

100
50
100
Unit 11 Judaism: Ethics
405011

100
50
100
Unit 12 Buddhism
405012

100
50
100
Unit 13 Hinduism
405013

100
50
100
Unit 14 Sikhism
405014

100
50
100
Short Course subject award
Any one unit
4051

-
-
100
Full Course subject award
Two units*
4052

-
-
200
* see prohibited combinations below
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The following combinations of units may not be used to give a Full Course subject award:
Unit 1: Christianity
Unit 2: Christianity: Ethics
Unit 5: St Mark’s Gospel
and
and
and
Unit 3: Roman Catholicism
Unit 4: Roman Catholicism: Ethics
Unit 6: St Luke’s Gospel
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
223
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Religious Studies B
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4055
4055
4610
DD1
outgoing spec
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
500/4483/7
Full Course
500/4568/4
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
Unit 1 Religion and Citizenship
40551

100
50
100
Unit 2 Religion and Life Issues
40552

100
50
100
Unit 3 Religion and Morality
40553

100
50
100
Unit 4 Religious Philosophy and Ultimate Questions
40554

100
50
100
Unit 5 Religious Expression in Society
40555

100
50
100
Unit 6 Worship and Key Beliefs
40556

100
50
100
Short Course subject award
Any one unit
4056

-
-
100
Full Course subject award
Any two units
4057

-
-
200
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
224
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Science A
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4405
4400
Qualification number
600/0892/1
Discount code
RA1B
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
Paper based
Unit 1 Biology 1
On-screen
Paper based
Route 1
outgoing spec
Unit 2 Chemistry 1
On-screen
Paper based
Unit 3 Physics 1
On-screen
Route 2
Unit 6 Science A2
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
BL1FP

25
69
Higher tier
BL1HP

25
100
Foundation tier
BL1FS

25
69
Higher tier
BL1HS

25
100
Foundation tier
CH1FP

25
69
Higher tier
CH1HP

25
100
Foundation tier
CH1FS

25
69
Higher tier
CH1HS

25
100
Foundation tier
PH1FP

25
69
Higher tier
PH1HP

25
100
Foundation tier
PH1FS

25
69
Higher tier
PH1HS

25
100
SCA4P

25
100
Foundation tier
SCA1FP

35
97
Higher tier
SCA1HP

35
140
Foundation tier
SCA2FP

40
111
Higher tier
SCA2HP

40
160
4405

-
400
4406

-
400
Unit 4 Science 4
Unit 5 Science A1
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Controlled assessment

Full Course subject award
Route 1
BL1FP or BL1HP or BL1FS or BL1HS
+ CH1FP or CH1HP or CH1FS or CH1HS
+ PH1FP or PH1HP or PH1FS or PH1HS
+ SCA4P
Route 2
SCA1FP or SCA1HP
+ SCA2FP or SCA2HP
+ SCA4P
continued on next page
225
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Science A (continued)
GCSE (linear assessment)
This specification is being withdrawn.
Two alternative routes of assessment are available: route 1 (units 1-4) and route 2 (units 4-6). June 2017 is
the final opportunity to make entries for route 2 and for the on-screen units within route 1. A final re-sit
only opportunity for Route 1, for which the on-screen units will not be offered, will be available in January
2018.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit (from either SCA4P or MSCA4P) provided the candidate has previously certificated the
qualification (route 1 4405 or route 2 4406 or Science M route 1 4605). If a candidate has more than one
previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If a candidate
wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still required in
the certificating series.
The on-screen route to assessment in GCSE Biology 1, Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 will be available in June
2017. A different entry code is used to identify on-screen and paper based options: please ensure that the
correct entry code is used.
The software required to run the test can be installed free of charge. Further information on the on-screen
tests, including details of the minimum system requirements, can be found on our website at aqa.org.uk/ost
Concurrent entries for the following will not be accepted:
•
paper based and on-screen routes for Biology 1
•
paper based and on-screen routes for Chemistry 1
•
paper based and on-screen routes for Physics 1
In addition, the following combinations of awards may not be claimed in the same series:
•
GCSE Science A (route 1) with GCSE Science A (route 2)
•
GCSE Science A (route 1) with GCSE Biology
•
GCSE Science A (route 1) with GCSE Chemistry
•
GCSE Science A (route 1) with GCSE Physics
Unit 4: ISAs have a specific submission date each year. Candidates may attempt any number of the ISAs
supplied by AQA for a particular subject. The best mark they achieve from a complete ISA is submitted.
A candidate is only allowed to have one attempt at each ISA, and this may only be submitted for moderation
on one occasion. It would constitute malpractice if the candidate is found to have submitted the same ISA
more than once and they could be excluded from at least this qualification.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result for the controlled assessment can
be carried forward.
or
226
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Science B (Science in Context)
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4500
4500
outgoing spec
Qualification number
600/0773/4
Discount codes
RA1B
Attainment 8 measure(s) EBacc, Other
Unit 1 My world
Unit 2 My family and home
Unit 3 Making my world a better place
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
SCB1FP

25
69
Higher tier
SCB1HP

25
100
Foundation tier
SCB2FP

25
69
Higher tier
SCB2HP

25
100
Foundation tier
SCB3FP

25
69
Higher tier
SCB3HP

25
100
SCB4P

25
100
4502

-
400
Unit 4 Using practical and investigative skills
Controlled assessment

Full Course subject award
SCB1FP or SCB1HP + SCB2FP or SCB2HP
+ SCB3FP or SCB3HP + SCB4P
This specification is being withdrawn. A final re-sit only opportunity will be available in January 2018.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
227
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Sociology
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Course
Full Course
4190
4190
4890
EE2
Qualification numbers:
Short Course
500/4437/0
Full Course
500/4436/9
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
Other
Series
availability
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
Unit 1 Studying Society; Education; Families
41901

100
50
100
Unit 2 Crime and Deviance; Mass Media; Power; Social Inequality
41902

-
50
100
Short Course subject award
41901
4191

-
-
100
Full Course subject award
41901 + 41902
4192

-
-
200
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates.
228
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Spanish

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Courses
Full Course
4695
4695
5750
FKS
Unit 1 Listening
Unit 2 Reading
outgoing spec
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
(Full Course only):
500/4617/2
500/4610/X
500/4480/1
Unit 4 Writing
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
EBacc, Other
Foundation tier
46951F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46951H

40
20
60
Foundation tier
46952F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46952H

40
20
60

46953

60
30
90

46954

60
30
90
4696

-
-
150
4697

-
-
150
4698

-
-
300
46953/SR Recorded
Controlled assessment 46953/SU Unrecorded
Unit 3 Speaking
Series
availability
Externally marked controlled assessment
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46951F or 46951H + 46953
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46952F or 46952H + 46954
Full Course subject award
46951F or 46951H + 46952F or 46952H
+ 46953 + 46954
This specification will be withdrawn after the June 2017 series.
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification (for example a
candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward.
Candidates wishing to carry forward unit 3 speaking controlled assessment must carry forward both the
recorded and unrecorded components (candidates do not have the option of carrying forward one component
and submitting new marks/work for the other component).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise and authenticate the controlled assessment(s). The centre must also mark the unit 3
speaking controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
229
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Statistics
GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
4310
4310
Unit 1 Written
Unit 2 Statistics in Practice
Full Course subject award
Series
Weighting
availability
%
Qualification number
500/4473/4
Discount codes
RB71
Attainment 8 measure(s) Other
Max
UMS
Entry
code
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
Foundation tier
43101F

75
125
Higher tier
43101H

75
180
43102

25
60
4312

-
240
Controlled assessment
43101F or 43101H + 43102

This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result of the controlled
assessment unit provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification. If a candidate has
more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried forward. If
a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit, a new entry for the unit is still
required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise, authenticate and mark the controlled assessment(s)
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
230
Entry codes 2016/17 - GCSE
Urdu

GCSE (linear assessment)
Specification code
Basedata group code
Discount codes:
Short Courses
Full Course
4645
4645
6130
FKU
Unit 1 Listening
Unit 2 Reading
Series
availability
Qualification numbers:
Short Course Spoken
Short Course Written
Full Course
Attainment 8 measure(s)
500/4564/7
500/4566/0
500/4493/X
EBacc, Other
Unit 4 Writing
Max
UMS
June 2017
Short
Full
6G17
Course Course
21/2/17
Foundation tier
46451F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46451H

40
20
60
Foundation tier
46452F

40
20
41
Higher tier
46452H

40
20
60

46453

60
30
90

46454

60
30
90
4646

-
-
150
4647

-
-
150
4648

-
-
300
46453/SR Recorded
Controlled assessment 46453/SU Unrecorded
Unit 3 Speaking
Entry
code
Weighting
%
Externally marked controlled assessment
Short Course in Spoken Language subject award
46451F or 46451H + 46453
Short Course in Written Language subject award
46452F or 46452H + 46454
Full Course subject award
46451F or 46451H + 46452F or 46452H
+ 46453 + 46454
This unitised specification must be taken in a linear manner – which means that each unit contributing to the
GCSE award must be taken in the same exam series. A separate entry is required for each unit and for the
subject award.
If a candidate wishes to re-take the qualification, they may carry forward the result(s) of the controlled
assessment unit(s) provided the candidate has previously certificated the same qualification (for example a
candidate re-taking the Full Course must have previously certificated the Full Course award). If a candidate
has more than one previous attempt, the attempt that was used in the most recent award will be carried
forward.
Candidates wishing to carry forward unit 3 speaking controlled assessment must carry forward both the
recorded and unrecorded components (candidates do not have the option of carrying forward one component
and submitting new marks/work for the other component).
If a candidate wishes to carry forward the result for the controlled assessment unit(s), a new entry for the
unit(s) is still required in the certificating series.
The Department for Education (DfE) assign each qualification national discount (classification) codes on the
basis of the subject area it covers - these codes are used in the calculation of school/college performance
tables. Please see page 5 for information about changes to discounting and the new ‘early entry’ rule.
This specification is available to private candidates where:
•
because of the nature of the controlled assessment, candidates are attending an AQA centre that must
supervise and authenticate the controlled assessment(s). The centre must also mark the unit 3
speaking controlled assessment
•
if the candidate has certificated in a previous series, then the result(s) for the controlled assessment(s)
can be carried forward.
or
231
Entry codes 2016/17 - Project
Level 1 Foundation Project
Project (L1PJ)
Specification code
Basedata group code
7991
7991
Qualification number
600/9532/5
Discount code
HC7
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Level 1 Foundation Project
Series
availability
Entry code
Jan 2017
1A17
21/10/16
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
7991


This specification is not available to private candidates.
Level 2 Higher Project
Project (L2PJ)
Specification code
Basedata group code
7992
7992
Series
availability
Qualification number
600/9533/7
Discount code
HC7
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Level 2 Higher Project
Entry code
Jan 2017
1A17
21/10/16
June 2017
6G17
21/2/17
7992


This specification is not available to private candidates.
Level 3 Extended Project
Project (EXPJ)
Specification code
Basedata group code
7993
7993
Series
availability
Qualification number
600/9534/9
Discount code
HC7
Attainment 8 measure(s) n/a
Level 3 Extended Project
This specification is not available to private candidates.
232
Entry code
Nov 2016
BG16
4/10/16
June 2017
6A17
21/2/17
7993


Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Business: Marketing
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01007
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/4540/7
AB1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Competitive Business Environment
K/506/6075
External exam
2 Collaborative Project
M/506/6076
Centre assessed
3 Marketing Principles
Y/506/6086
External exam
4 Responsible Business Practices
T/506/6077
Centre assessed
11.67
5 Customer Communications
D/506/6087
Centre assessed
11.67
6 Marketing Research
H/506/6088
Centre assessed
11.67
7 Digital Essentials
D/506/6090
Centre assessed
11.67
8 Stakeholder Engagement
H/506/6091
Centre assessed
11.67

15

11.67

15

All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
233
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Business: Marketing
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01020
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/7148/0
BA1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Competitive Business Environment
K/506/6075
External exam


12.5
2 Marketing principles
Y/506/6086
External exam


12.5
3 Customer communications
D/506/6087
Centre assessed
12.5
4 Digital essentials
D/506/6090
Centre assessed
12.5
5 Responsible business practices
M/507/6641
Centre assessed
12.5
6 Marketing Research
H/506/6088
Centre assessed
12.5
7 Stakeholder Engagement
H/506/6091
Centre assessed
12.5
8 Collaborative project
M/506/6076
Centre assessed
12.5
All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
234
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Business: Marketing Communications
Foundation Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01021
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7147/9
BA1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Competitive Business Environment
K/506/6075
External exam


25
2 Marketing principles
Y/506/6086
External exam


25
3 Customer communications
D/506/6087
Centre assessed
25
4 Digital essentials
D/506/6090
Centre assessed
25
All four units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
235
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Engineering
Foundation Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01019
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7079/7
XA1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Materials Technology and Science
F/506/5952
External exam


25
2 Mechanical Systems
H/507/6524
Externally assessed


25
4 Engineering Design
D/506/6008
Centre assessed
25
5 Production & Manufacturing
H/506/6009
Centre assessed
25
All four units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
236
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Engineering: Design Engineering
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01003
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/4537/7
XA1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Materials Technology and Science
F/506/5952
External exam
2 Mechanical Systems
L/506/5954
Centre assessed
3 Mathematics for Engineers
J/506/5953
External exam
4 Engineering Design
D/506/6008
Centre assessed
11.67
5 Production & Manufacturing
H/506/6009
Centre assessed
11.67
6 Design Visualisation
Y/506/6010
Centre assessed
11.67
7 Advanced Design for Manufacture
D/506/6011
Centre assessed
11.67
8 Design Engineer Project Management
K/506/6013
Centre assessed
11.67

15

11.67

15

All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
237
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Engineering: Design Engineering
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01018
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7081/5
XA1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Materials Technology and Science
F/506/5952
External exam


12.5
2 Mechanical Systems
H/507/6524
Externally assessed


12.5
3 Mathematics for Engineers
J/506/5953
External exam


12.5
4 Engineering Design
D/506/6008
Centre assessed
12.5
5 Production & Manufacturing
H/506/6009
Centre assessed
12.5
6 Design Visualisation
Y/506/6010
Centre assessed
12.5
7 Advanced Design for Manufacture
D/506/6011
Centre assessed
12.5
8 Design Engineer Project Management
K/506/6013
Centre assessed
12.5
All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
238
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Engineering: Mechatronic Engineering
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01001
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/4538/9
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Materials Technology and Science
F/506/5952
External exam
2 Mechanical Systems
L/506/5954
Centre assessed
3 Mathematics for Engineers
J/506/5953
External exam
4 Engineering Design
D/506/6008
Centre assessed
11.67
5 Production & Manufacturing
H/506/6009
Centre assessed
11.67
6 Mechatronic Project Management
R/506/6023
Centre assessed
11.67
7 Mechatronic Control Systems
Y/506/6024
Centre assessed
11.67
8 Programming for Engineers
D/506/6025
Centre assessed
11.67

15

11.67

15

All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
239
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Engineering: Mechatronic Engineering
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01016
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7080/3
XA1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Materials Technology and Science
F/506/5952
External exam


12.5
2 Mechanical Systems
H/507/6524
Externally assessed


12.5
3 Mathematics for Engineers
J/506/5953
External exam


12.5
4 Engineering Design
D/506/6008
Centre assessed
12.5
5 Production & Manufacturing
H/506/6009
Centre assessed
12.5
6 Mechatronic Project Management
R/506/6023
Centre assessed
12.5
7 Mechatronic Control Systems
Y/506/6024
Centre assessed
12.5
8 Programming for Engineers
D/506/6025
Centre assessed
12.5
All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
240
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Engineering: Power Network Engineering
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01002
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/4536/5
XA1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Materials Technology and Science
F/506/5952
External exam
2 Mechanical Systems
L/506/5954
Centre assessed
3 Mathematics for Engineers
J/506/5953
External exam
4 Electrical Power Systems
Y/506/5956
Centre assessed
11.67
5 UK Electricity Industry
D/506/5957
Centre assessed
11.67
6 Electrical Power - Generation
H/506/5958
Centre assessed
11.67
7 Electrical Power - Transmission Networks
K/506/5959
Centre assessed
11.67
8 Electrical Power – Distribution Networks
D/506/5960
Centre assessed
11.67

15

11.67

15

All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
241
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Engineering: Power Network Engineering
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01017
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7082/7
XA1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Materials Technology and Science
F/506/5952
External exam


12.5
2 Mechanical Systems
H/507/6524
Externally assessed


12.5
3 Mathematics for Engineers
J/506/5953
External exam


12.5
4 Electrical Power Systems
Y/506/5956
Centre assessed
12.5
5 UK Electricity Industry
D/506/5957
Centre assessed
12.5
6 Electrical Power - Generation
H/506/5958
Centre assessed
12.5
7 Electrical Power - Transmission Networks
K/506/5959
Centre assessed
12.5
8 Electrical Power – Distribution Networks
D/506/5960
Centre assessed
12.5
All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
242
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Entertainment Technology:
Video Games Art and Animation
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01023
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7140/6
JB61
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Business for video games
M/507/6610
External exam
3 2D games art
A/507/6612
Centre assessed
16.6
4 Concept art
F/507/6613
Centre assessed
16.6
5 3D environment art
J/507/6614
Externally assessed
8 Games animation and VFX
D/507/6618
Centre assessed
16.6
10 Games mechanics
H/507/6622
Centre assessed
16.6




16.6
16.6
All six units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
243
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Entertainment Technology:
Video Games Art and Design
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01024
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/7141/8
JB61
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1
Business for video games
M/507/6610
External exam


12.5
2
Digital asset management
T/507/6611
External exam


12.5
3
2D games art
A/507/6612
Centre assessed
12.5
4
Concept art
F/507/6613
Centre assessed
12.5
5
3D environment art
J/507/6614
Externally assessed
8
Games animation and VFX
D/507/6618
Centre assessed
12.5
9
Level design
Y/507/6620
Centre assessed
12.5
H/507/6622
Centre assessed
12.5
10 Games mechanics


12.5
All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
244
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Entertainment Technology:
Video Games Art and Design Production
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01025
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7142/X
JB61
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
June June
2017 2017
1
Business for video games
M/507/6610
External exam


8.3
2
Digital asset management
T/507/6611
External exam


8.3
3
2D games art
A/507/6612
Centre assessed
8.3
4
Concept art
F/507/6613
Centre assessed
8.3
5
3D environment art
J/507/6614
Externally assessed


8.3
6
3D character art
L/507/6615
Externally assessed


8.3
7
User interface (UI)
R/507/6616
Centre assessed
8.3
8
Games animation and VFX
D/507/6618
Centre assessed
8.3
9
Level design
Y/507/6620
Centre assessed
8.3
10 Games mechanics
H/507/6622
Centre assessed
8.3
11 Games audio
M/507/6624
Centre-assessed
8.3
12 Collaborative games development project
T/507/6625
Centre assessed
8.3
All twelve units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
245
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
Entertainment Technology:
Video Games Art and Mechanics
Foundation Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01022
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7139/X
JB61
n/a
1
Business for video games
M/507/6610
External exam
3
2D games art
A/507/6612
Centre assessed
5
3D environment art
J/507/6614
Externally assessed
10 Games mechanics
H/507/6622
Centre assessed
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017


25
25


25
25
All four units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
246
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: Cyber Security
Foundation Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01010
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/7124/8
XA1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental principles of computing
Y/507/6424
External exam


25
2 Communication technologies
H/507/6426
External exam


25
3 Developing and maintaining computer networks
K/507/6427
Centre assessed
25
4 Network threats and vulnerabilities
A/507/6433
Centre assessed
25
All four units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
247
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: Cyber Security and Security Administration
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01009
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7127/3
CN1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental principles of computing
Y/507/6424
External exam


12.5
2 Communication technologies
H/507/6426
External exam


12.5
3 Developing and maintaining computer networks
K/507/6427
Centre assessed
12.5
4 Network threats and vulnerabilities
A/507/6433
Centre assessed
12.5
5 Maths for computing
R/507/6437
Centre assessed
12.5
6 Network and cyber security administration
J/507/6435
External exam
12.5
7 Managing identity and access to systems
Y/507/6438
Centre assessed
12.5
8* Programming for networking and security
D/507/6439
Centre assessed
12.5
9* Computer forensic investigation
R/507/6440
Centre assessed
12.5
Eight units including one of units 8 and 9 must be completed to achieve the full qualification
* Optional unit
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only
248
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: Networking
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01011
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/7128/5
CN1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental Principles of Computing
Y/507/6424
External exam


12.5
2 Communication Technologies
H/507/6426
External exam


12.5
3 Developing and Maintaining Computer Networks
K/507/6427
Centre assessed
12.5
4 Supporting End Users
M/507/6428
Centre assessed
12.5
5 Maths for Computing
R/507/6437
Centre assessed


12.5
6 Network Security Management
A/507/6495
External exam


12.5
7 The Internet
F/507/6496
Centre assessed
12.5
8 Industrial project
A/507/6464
Centre assessed
12.5
All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
249
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: Programming
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01006
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/4543/2
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental Principles of Computing
H/506/6107
External exam
2 Industrial Project
K/506/6108
Centre assessed
3 Computer Programming
R/506/6118
External exam
4 Maths for Computing
M/506/6112
Centre assessed
11.67
5 Website Technologies
Y/506/6119
Centre assessed
11.67
6 Mobile Applications Programming
L/506/6120
Centre assessed
11.67
7 Event Driven Programming
R/506/6121
Centre assessed
11.67
8 Object Oriented Programming
Y/506/6122
Centre assessed
11.67

15

11.67

15

All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
250
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: Programming
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01013
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/7129/7
CN1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental Principles of Computing
Y/507/6424
External exam


12.5
2 Computer Programming
F/507/6465
External exam


12.5
3 Website Technologies
M/507/6476
Centre assessed
12.5
4 Mobile Applications Programming
Y/507/6486
Centre assessed
12.5
5 Maths for Programmers
Y/507/6469
External exam
12.5
6 Event Driven Programming
D/507/6487
Centre assessed
12.5
7 Object Oriented Programming
K/507/6489
Centre assessed
12.5
8 Industrial Project
A/507/6464
Centre assessed
12.5
All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
251
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: Scripting and App Programming
Foundation Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01015
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
new spec
601/7125/X
CN1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental principles of computing
Y/507/6424
External exam


25
2 Computer Programming
F/507/6465
External exam


25
3 Website Technologies
M/507/6476
Centre assessed
25
4 Mobile Applications Programming
Y/507/6486
Centre assessed
25
All four units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
252
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: Technical Support
Foundation Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01014
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/7126/1
CN1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
June June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental principles of computing
Y/507/6424
External exam


25
2 Communication technologies
H/507/6426
External exam


25
3 Developing and maintaining computer networks
K/507/6427
Centre assessed
25
4 Supporting end users
M/507/6428
Centre assessed
25
All four units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
253
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: User Support
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01005
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/4542/0
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental Principles of Computing
H/506/6107
External exam
2 Industrial Project
K/506/6108
Centre assessed
3 Communication Technologies
M/506/6109
External exam
4 Installing and Maintaining Software
F/506/6115
Centre assessed
11.67
5 Organisational Systems Security
J/506/6116
Centre assessed
11.67
6 Computer Forensic Investigation
L/506/6117
Centre assessed
11.67
7 Developing and Maintaining Computer Networks
H/506/6110
Centre assessed
11.67
8 Supporting End Users
K/506/6111
Centre assessed
11.67

15

11.67

15

All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
254
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: User Support
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01012
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/7130/3
CN1
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental Principles of Computing
Y/507/6424
External exam


12.5
2 Communication Technologies
H/507/6426
External exam


12.5
3 Developing and Maintaining Computer Networks
K/507/6427
Centre assessed
12.5
4 Supporting End Users
M/507/6428
Centre assessed
12.5
5 Installing and maintaining software
M/507/6493
Centre assessed
12.5
6 Organisational systems security
T/507/6494
External exam
12.5
7 Computer forensic investigation
R/507/6440
Centre assessed
12.5
8 Industrial project
A/507/6464
Centre assessed
12.5
All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
255
Entry codes 2016/17 - Tech-level
IT: Networking
Tech-level (Level 3)
Specification code
TVQ01004
new spec
Qualification number
Discount code
Attainment 8 measure(s)
601/4541/9
n/a
Series
availability
Weighting
%
Jan June
2017 2017
1 Fundamental Principles of Computing
H/506/6107
External exam
2 Industrial Project
K/506/6108
Centre assessed
3 Communication Technologies
M/506/6109
External exam
4 Developing and Maintaining Computer Networks
H/506/6110
Centre assessed
11.67
5 Supporting End Users
K/506/6111
Centre assessed
11.67
6 Maths for Computing
M/506/6112
Centre assessed
11.67
7 Network Security Management
T/506/6113
Centre assessed
11.67
8 The Internet and Society
A/506/6114
Centre assessed
11.67

15

11.67

15

All eight units must be completed to achieve the full qualification
Centres must be approved to offer our Tech-level qualifications - approval is free of charge for Governmentfunded centres (schools, sixth-form colleges, further education colleges, academies and UTCs).
Full details of all of the administration arrangements relating to Tech-levels can be found in the Centre
Administration Guide for Technical and Vocational Qualifications, including
•
How to apply for centre approval
•
Registration of learners
•
Dealing with Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)
•
How to make examination entries
•
Dealing with missed examination dates
•
Examination invigilation arrangements
•
How to make claims for certificates
•
How to appeal against an assessment, Internal Quality Assurer (IQA) or External Quality Assurer (EQA)
decision
•
Retention of learner work and assessment/IQA records
•
Dealing with potential malpractice or maladministration
Learners are able to re-sit an examination on one occasion only.
256
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
1011
GCE
Archaeology: Advanced Subsidiary Award
53
1021
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Advanced Subsidiary Award
74
1031
GCE
Geography: Advanced Subsidiary Award
105
1041
GCE
History: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
112
1061
GCE
Religious Studies: Advanced Subsidiary Award
141
1101
GCE
Citizenship Studies: Advanced Subsidiary Award
73
1111
GCE
Anthropology: Advanced Subsidiary Award
48
1121
GCE
Accounting: Advanced Subsidiary Award
48
1131
GCE
Business Studies: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
69
1141
GCE
Economics: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
88
1151
GCE
Government and Politics: Advanced Subsidiary Award
109
1161
GCE
Law: Advanced Subsidiary Award
121
1176
GCE
Philosophy: Advanced Subsidiary Award
130
1181
GCE
Psychology A: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
138
1186
GCE
Psychology B: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
139
1191
GCE
Sociology: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
146
1201A
GCE
Art and Design: Art, Craft & Design: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing)
54
1202B
GCE
Art and Design: Fine Art: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
56
1203C
GCE
Art and Design: Graphic Comms: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing)
58
1204D
GCE
Art and Design: Textile Design: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
62
1205E
GCE
Art and Design: 3-D Design: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
64
1206F
GCE
Art and Design: Photography: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
60
1231
GCE
Dance: Advanced Subsidiary Award
80
1241
GCE
Drama and Theatre Studies: Advanced Subsidiary Award
86
1251
GCE
History of Art: Advanced Subsidiary Award
118
1271
GCE
Music: Advanced Subsidiary Award
127
1350A
AQA Certificate Certificate in Mathematical Studies: Option A: statistical techniques (new)
27
1350B
AQA Certificate Certificate in Mathematical Studies: Option B: critical path & risk analysis (new)
27
1350C
AQA Certificate Certificate in Mathematical Studies: Option C: Graphical techniques (new)
27
1401
GCE
Science in Society: Advanced Subsidiary Award
145
1406
GCE
Human Biology: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
119
1411
GCE
Biology: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
67
1421
GCE
Chemistry: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
71
1431
GCE
Electronics: Advanced Subsidiary Award
90
1441
GCE
Environmental Studies: Advanced Subsidiary Award
101
1451
GCE
Physics A: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
133
1456
GCE
Physics B: Physics in Context: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
134
1511
GCE
Computing: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
1521
GCE
Information and Communication Technology: Advanced Subsidiary Award
76
121
257
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
1541
GCE
Design and Technology: Food Technology: Advanced Subsidiary Award
82
1551
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (3-D Design): AS Award
83
1556
GCE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control Technology: AS Award
85
1561
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (Textiles): AS Award
84
1571
GCE
Media Studies: Advanced Subsidiary Award
125
1581
GCE
Physical Education: Advanced Subsidiary Award
131
1626
GCE
Communication and Culture: Advanced Subsidiary Award
75
1636
GCE
Bengali: Advanced Subsidiary Award
66
1651
GCE
French: Advanced Subsidiary Award
102
1661
GCE
German: Advanced Subsidiary Award
107
1676
GCE
Modern Hebrew: Advanced Subsidiary Award
126
1681
GCE
Panjabi: Advanced Subsidiary Award
129
1686
GCE
Polish: Advanced Subsidiary Award
137
1696
GCE
Spanish: Advanced Subsidiary Award
148
1701
GCE
English Language A: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
91
1706
GCE
English Language B: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
92
1721
GCE
English Language and Literature A: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing)
94
1726
GCE
English Language and Literature B: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing)
95
1741
GCE
English Literature A: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
97
1746
GCE
English Literature B: Advanced Subsidiary Award (outgoing spec)
98
1751
GCE
Creative Writing: Advanced Subsidiary Award
79
1761
GCE
General Studies A: Advanced Subsidiary Award
104
1766
GCE
General Studies B: Advanced Subsidiary Award
104
1806
AQA Certificate Certificate in Enterprise, Employability and Personal Finance: Award
1821
GCE
Health and Social Care: Advanced Subsidiary Award
110
1822
GCE
Health and Social Care: Advanced Subsidiary Double Award
110
2011
GCE
Archaeology: Advanced Award
53
2021
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Advanced Award
74
2031
GCE
Geography: Advanced Award
105
2041
GCE
History: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
112
2061
GCE
Religious Studies: Advanced Award
141
2101
GCE
Citizenship Studies: Advanced Award
73
2111
GCE
Anthropology: Advanced Award
48
2121
GCE
Accounting: Advanced Award
48
2131
GCE
Business Studies: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
69
2141
GCE
Economics: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
88
2151
GCE
Government and Politics: Advanced Award
109
2161
GCE
Law: Advanced Award
121
2176
GCE
Philosophy: Advanced Award
130
258
23
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
2181
GCE
Psychology A: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
138
2186
GCE
Psychology B: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
139
2191
GCE
Sociology: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
146
2201A
GCE
Art and Design: Art, Craft and Design: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
54
2202B
GCE
Art and Design: Fine Art: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
56
2203C
GCE
Art and Design: Graphic Communication: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
58
2204D
GCE
Art and Design: Textile Design: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
62
2205E
GCE
Art and Design: 3-D Design: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
64
2206F
GCE
Art and Design: Photography: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
60
2231
GCE
Dance: Advanced Award
80
2241
GCE
Drama and Theatre Studies: Advanced Award
86
2251
GCE
History of Art: Advanced Award
118
2271
GCE
Music: Advanced Award
127
2401
GCE
Science in Society: Advanced Award
145
2406
GCE
Human Biology: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
119
2411
GCE
Biology: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
67
2421
GCE
Chemistry: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
71
2431
GCE
Electronics: Advanced Award
90
2441
GCE
Environmental Studies: Advanced Award
101
2451
GCE
Physics A: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
133
2456
GCE
Physics B: Physics in Context: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
134
2511
GCE
Computing: Advanced Award (outgoing spec)
2521
GCE
Information and Communication Technology: Advanced Award
2541
GCE
Design and Technology: Food Technology: Advanced Award
82
2551
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (3-D Design): Advanced Award
83
2556
GCE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control Technology: Advanced Award
85
2561
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (Textiles): Advanced Award
84
2571
GCE
Media Studies: Advanced Award
125
2581
GCE
Physical Education: Advanced Award
131
2626
GCE
Communication and Culture: Advanced Award
75
2636
GCE
Bengali: Advanced Award
66
2651
GCE
French: Advanced Award
102
2661
GCE
German: Advanced Award
107
2676
GCE
Modern Hebrew: Advanced Award
126
2681
GCE
Panjabi: Advanced Award
129
2686
GCE
Polish: Advanced Award
137
2696
GCE
Spanish: Advanced Award
148
2701
GCE
English Language A: Advanced Award
91
2706
GCE
English Language B: Advanced Award
92
76
121
259
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
2721
GCE
English Language and Literature A: Advanced Award
94
2726
GCE
English Language and Literature B: Advanced Award
95
2741
GCE
English Literature A: Advanced Award
97
2746
GCE
English Literature B: Advanced Award
98
2751
GCE
Creative Writing: Advanced Award
79
2761
GCE
General Studies A: Advanced Award
104
2766
GCE
General Studies B: Advanced Award
104
2821
GCE
Health and Social Care: Advanced Single Award
110
2822
GCE
Health and Social Care: Advanced Double Award
110
40201F
GCSE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 1 tier F
169
40201H
GCSE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 1 tier H
169
40202F
GCSE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 2 tier F
169
40202H
GCSE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 2 tier H
169
40203F
GCSE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 3 tier F
169
40203H
GCSE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 3 tier H
169
40204
GCSE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 4
169
4021
GCSE Short
Classical Civilisation: Short Course Award
169
4022
GCSE
Classical Civilisation: Full Course Award
169
405001
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 1
223
405002
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 2
223
405003
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 3
223
405004
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 4
223
405005
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 5
223
405006
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 6
223
405007
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 7
223
405008
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 8
223
405009
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 9
223
405010
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 10
223
405011
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 11
223
405012
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 12
223
405013
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 13
223
405014
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Unit 14
223
4051
GCSE Short
Religious Studies A: Short Course Award
223
4052
GCSE
Religious Studies A: Full Course Award
223
40551
GCSE
Religious Studies B: Unit 1
224
40552
GCSE
Religious Studies B: Unit 2
224
40553
GCSE
Religious Studies B: Unit 3
224
40554
GCSE
Religious Studies B: Unit 4
224
40555
GCSE
Religious Studies B: Unit 5
224
260
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
40556
GCSE
Religious Studies B: Unit 6
224
4056
GCSE Short
Religious Studies B: Short Course Award
224
4057
GCSE
Religious Studies B: Full Course Award
224
40701
GCSE
Humanities: Unit 1
202
40702
GCSE
Humanities: Unit 2
202
40703
GCSE
Humanities: Unit 3
202
4072
GCSE
Humanities: Full Course Award
202
41051
GCSE
Citizenship Studies: Unit 1
168
41052
GCSE
Citizenship Studies: Unit 2
168
41053
GCSE
Citizenship Studies: Unit 3
168
41054
GCSE
Citizenship Studies: Unit 4
168
4106
GCSE Short
Citizenship Studies: Short Course Award
168
4107
GCSE
Citizenship Studies: Full Course Award
168
413001
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 1
163
413002
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 2
163
413003
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 3
163
413004
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 4
163
413005
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 5
163
413006
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 6
163
413007
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 7
163
413008
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 8
163
413009
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 9
163
413010
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 10
163
413011
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 11
163
413012
GCSE
Business Subjects and Economics: Unit 12
163
413013
GCSE Short
Business Subjects and Economics: Short Course: Unit 13
163
413014
GCSE Short
Business Subjects and Economics Short Course: Unit 14
163
4131
GCSE Short
Business Studies: Short Course Award
163
4132
GCSE Short
Economics: Short Course Award
163
4133
GCSE
Business Studies: Full Course Award
163
4134
GCSE
Business and Communication Systems: Full Course Award
163
4135
GCSE
Economics: Full Course Award
163
4136
GCSE
Applied Business: Double Award
163
41601
GCSE
Law: Unit 1
205
41602
GCSE
Law: Unit 2
205
4162
GCSE
Law: Full Course Award
205
41801
GCSE
Psychology: Unit 1
222
41802
GCSE
Psychology: Unit 2
222
4181
GCSE Short
Psychology: Short Course Award
222
261
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
4182
GCSE
Psychology: Full Course Award
222
41901
GCSE
Sociology: Unit 1
228
41902
GCSE
Sociology: Unit 2
228
4191
GCSE Short
Sociology: Short Course Award
228
4192
GCSE
Sociology: Full Course Award
228
4201
GCSE
Art and Design: Full Course Award
156
42011
GCSE
Art and Design: Unit 1
156
42012
GCSE
Art and Design: Unit 2
156
4202
GCSE
Art and Design - Fine Art: Full Course Award
157
42021
GCSE
Art and Design - Fine Art: Unit 1
157
42022
GCSE
Art and Design - Fine Art: Unit 2
157
4203
GCSE
Art and Design - Graphic Communication: Full Course Award
158
42031
GCSE
Art and Design - Graphic Communication: Unit 1
158
42032
GCSE
Art and Design - Graphic Communication: Unit 2
158
4204
GCSE
Art and Design - Textile Design: Full Course Award
159
42041
GCSE
Art and Design - Textile Design: Unit 1
159
42042
GCSE
Art and Design - Textile Design: Unit 2
159
4205
GCSE
Art and Design - 3-D Design: Full Course Award
159
42051
GCSE
Art and Design - 3-D Design: Unit 1
159
42052
GCSE
Art and Design - 3-D Design: Unit 2
159
4206
GCSE
Art and Design - Photography: Full Course Award
158
42061
GCSE
Art and Design - Photography: Unit 1
158
42062
GCSE
Art and Design - Photography: Unit 2
158
4207
GCSE
Art and Design - Applied: Full Course Award
157
42071
GCSE
Art and Design - Applied: Unit 1
157
42072
GCSE
Art and Design – Applied: Unit 2
157
4211
GCSE Short
Art and Design Short Course: Award
156
42111
GCSE Short
Art and Design Short Course: Unit 1
156
42112
GCSE Short
Art and Design Short Course: Unit 2
156
42301
GCSE
Dance: Unit 1
171
42302
GCSE
Dance: Unit 2
171
42303
GCSE
Dance: Unit 3
171
42304
GCSE
Dance: Unit 4
171
4232
GCSE
Dance: Full Course Award
171
42401
GCSE
Drama: Unit 1
176
42402
GCSE
Drama: Unit 2
176
4242
GCSE
Drama: Full Course Award
176
42601
GCSE
Expressive Arts: Unit 1
189
42602
GCSE
Expressive Arts: Unit 2
189
262
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
4262
GCSE
Expressive Arts: Full Course Award
189
42701
GCSE
Music: Unit 1
213
42702
GCSE
Music: Unit 2
213
42703
GCSE
Music: Unit 3
213
42704
GCSE
Music: Unit 4
213
4272
GCSE
Music: Full Course Award
213
43101F
GCSE
Statistics: Unit 1: tier F
230
43101H
GCSE
Statistics: Unit 1: tier H
230
43102
GCSE
Statistics: Unit 2
230
4312
GCSE
Statistics: Full Course Award
230
43503F
AQA Certificate Certificate in Use of Mathematics: Unit 3: tier F
32
43503H
AQA Certificate Certificate in Use of Mathematics: Unit 3: tier H
32
4351
AQA Certificate Certificate in Use of Mathematics: Award
32
43601F
GCSE
Mathematics: Unit 1: tier F
207
43601H
GCSE
Mathematics: Unit 1: tier H
207
43602F
GCSE
Mathematics: Unit 2: tier F
207
43602H
GCSE
Mathematics: Unit 2: tier H
207
43603F
GCSE
Mathematics: Unit 3: tier F
207
43603H
GCSE
Mathematics: Unit 3: tier H
207
4362
GCSE
Mathematics: Full Course Award
207
4365F
GCSE
Mathematics (Linear) B tier F
207
4365H
GCSE
Mathematics (Linear) B tier H
207
4367
Func Skills
Functional Mathematics: Level 1
47
4368
Func Skills
Functional Mathematics: Level 2
47
4401
GCSE
Biology: Full Course Award
161
4402
GCSE
Chemistry: Full Course Award
165
4403
GCSE
Physics: Full Course Award
219
4405
GCSE
Science A: Route 1: Full Course Award
225
4406
GCSE
Science A: Route 2: Full Course Award
225
4408
GCSE
Additional Science: Route 1: Full Course Award
154
4409
GCSE
Additional Science: Route 2: Full Course Award
154
4412
GCSE
Further Additional Science : Full Course Award
191
44151F
GCSE
Human Health and Physiology: Unit 1: tier F
201
44151H
GCSE
Human Health and Physiology: Unit 1: tier H
201
44152
GCSE
Human Health and Physiology: Unit 2
201
4417
GCSE
Human Health and Physiology: Full Course Award
201
44301
GCSE
Electronics: Unit 1
177
44302
GCSE
Electronics: Unit 2
177
4432
GCSE
Electronics: Full Course Award
177
263
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
44401F
GCSE
Environmental Science: Unit 1: tier F
188
44401H
GCSE
Environmental Science: Unit 1: tier H
188
44402
GCSE
Environmental Science: Unit 2
188
4442
GCSE
Environmental Science: Full Course Award
188
4502
GCSE
Science B (Science in Context): Full Course Award
227
4507
GCSE
Additional Applied Science: Full Course Award
153
4512
GCSE
Computer Science: Paper based
170
45201
GCSE
ICT: Unit 1: Paper based
203
45201S
GCSE
ICT: Unit 1: On-screen
203
45202
GCSE
ICT: Unit 2
203
45203
GCSE
ICT: Unit 3
203
45204
GCSE Short
ICT Short Course: Unit 1: Paper based
203
45204S
GCSE Short
ICT Short Course: Unit 1: On-screen
203
4521
GCSE Short
ICT: Short Course Award
203
4522
GCSE
ICT: Full Course Award
203
4527
Func Skills
Functional ICT: Level 1
45
4528
Func Skills
Functional ICT: Level 2
45
45401
GCSE
Design and Technology: Electronic Products: Unit 1
172
45402
GCSE
Design and Technology: Electronic Products: Unit 2
172
4542
GCSE
Design and Technology: Electronic Products: Full Course Award
172
45451
GCSE
Design and Technology: Food Technology: Unit 1
172
45452
GCSE
Design and Technology: Food Technology: Unit 2
172
4547
GCSE
Design and Technology: Food Technology: Full Course Award
172
45501
GCSE
Design and Technology: Graphic Products: Unit 1
173
45502
GCSE
Design and Technology: Graphic Products: Unit 2
173
4552
GCSE
Design and Technology: Graphic Products: Full Course Award
173
45551
GCSE
Design and Technology: Product Design: Unit 1
173
45552
GCSE
Design and Technology: Product Design: Unit 2
173
4557
GCSE
Design and Technology: Product Design: Full Course Award
173
45601
GCSE
Design and Technology: Resistant Materials Technology: Unit 1
174
45602
GCSE
Design and Technology: Resistant Materials Technology: Unit 2
174
4562
GCSE
Design and Technology: Resistant Materials Technology: Full Course Award
174
45651
GCSE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control Technology: Unit 1
174
45652
GCSE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control Technology: Unit 2
174
4567
GCSE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control Technology: Full Course Award
174
45701
GCSE
Design and Technology: Textiles Technology: Unit 1
175
45702
GCSE
Design and Technology: Textiles Technology: Unit 2
175
4572
GCSE
Design and Technology: Textiles Technology: Full Course Award
175
45751
GCSE Short
Design and Technology Short Course: Unit 1
175
264
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
45752
GCSE Short
Design and Technology Short Course: Unit 2
175
4576
GCSE Short
Design and Technology Short Course: Full Course Award
175
45801
GCSE
Home Economics: Child Development: Unit 1
200
45802
GCSE
Home Economics: Child Development: Unit 2
200
45803
GCSE
Home Economics: Child Development: Unit 3
200
4582
GCSE
Home Economics: Child Development: Full Course Award
200
45851
GCSE
Home Economics: Food and Nutrition: Unit 1
200
45852
GCSE
Home Economics: Food and Nutrition: Unit 2
200
4587
GCSE
Home Economics: Food and Nutrition: Full Course Award
200
46301F
GCSE
Italian: Unit 1: tier F
204
46301H
GCSE
Italian: Unit 1: tier H
204
46302F
GCSE
Italian: Unit 2: tier F
204
46302H
GCSE
Italian: Unit 2: tier H
204
46303
GCSE
Italian: Unit 3
204
46304
GCSE
Italian: Unit 4
204
4631
GCSE Short
Italian: Short Course in Spoken Language Award
204
4632
GCSE Short
Italian: Short Course in Written Language Award
204
4633
GCSE
Italian: Full Course Award
204
46351F
GCSE
Bengali: Unit 1: tier F
160
46351H
GCSE
Bengali: Unit 1: tier H
160
46352F
GCSE
Bengali: Unit 2: tier F
160
46352H
GCSE
Bengali: Unit 2: tier H
160
46353
GCSE
Bengali: Unit 3
160
46354
GCSE
Bengali: Unit 4
160
4636
GCSE Short
Bengali: Short Course in Spoken Language Award
160
4637
GCSE Short
Bengali: Short Course in Written Language Award
160
4638
GCSE
Bengali: Full Course Award
160
46451F
GCSE
Urdu: Unit 1: tier F
231
46451H
GCSE
Urdu: Unit 1: tier H
231
46452F
GCSE
Urdu: Unit 2: tier F
231
46452H
GCSE
Urdu: Unit 2: tier H
231
46453
GCSE
Urdu: Unit 3
231
46454
GCSE
Urdu: Unit 4
231
4646
GCSE Short
Urdu: Short Course in Spoken Language Award
231
4647
GCSE Short
Urdu: Short Course in Written Language Award
231
4648
GCSE
Urdu: Full Course Award
231
46551F
GCSE
French: Unit 1 tier F (Paper based)
190
46551H
GCSE
French: Unit 1 tier H (Paper based)
190
46552F
GCSE
French: Unit 2 tier F
190
265
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
46552H
GCSE
French: Unit 2 tier H
190
46553
GCSE
French: Unit 3
190
46554
GCSE
French: Unit 4
190
4656
GCSE Short
French: Short Course in Spoken Language Award
190
4657
GCSE Short
French: Short Course in Written Language Award
190
4658
GCSE
French: Full Course Award
190
46651F
GCSE
German: Unit 1 tier F
195
46651H
GCSE
German: Unit 1 tier H
195
46652F
GCSE
German: Unit 2 tier F
195
46652H
GCSE
German: Unit 2 tier H
195
46653
GCSE
German: Unit 3
195
46654
GCSE
German: Unit 4
195
4666
GCSE Short
German: Short Course in Spoken Language Award
195
4667
GCSE Short
German: Short Course in Written Language Award
195
4668
GCSE
German: Full Course Award
195
46701F
GCSE
Chinese (Mandarin): Unit 1 tier F
167
46701H
GCSE
Chinese (Mandarin): Unit 1 tier H
167
46702F
GCSE
Chinese (Mandarin): Unit 2 tier F
167
46702H
GCSE
Chinese (Mandarin): Unit 2 tier H
167
46703
GCSE
Chinese (Mandarin): Unit 3
167
46704
GCSE
Chinese (Mandarin): Unit 4
167
4671
GCSE Short
Chinese (Mandarin): Short Course in Spoken Language Award
167
4672
GCSE Short
Chinese (Mandarin): Short Course in Written Language Award
167
4673
GCSE
Chinese (Mandarin): Full Course Award
167
46751
GCSE
Modern Hebrew: Unit 1
212
46752
GCSE
Modern Hebrew: Unit 2
212
46753
GCSE
Modern Hebrew: Unit 3
212
46754
GCSE
Modern Hebrew: Unit 4
212
4676
GCSE Short
Modern Hebrew: Short Course in Spoken Language Award
212
4677
GCSE Short
Modern Hebrew: Short Course in Written Language Award
212
4678
GCSE
Modern Hebrew: Full Course Award
212
46801F
GCSE
Panjabi: Unit 1 tier F
214
46801H
GCSE
Panjabi: Unit 1 tier H
214
46802F
GCSE
Panjabi: Unit 2 tier F
214
46802H
GCSE
Panjabi: Unit 2 tier H
214
46803
GCSE
Panjabi: Unit 3
214
46804
GCSE
Panjabi: Unit 4
214
4681
GCSE Short
Panjabi: Short Course in Spoken Language Award
214
4682
GCSE Short
Panjabi: Short Course in Written Language Award
214
266
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
4683
GCSE
Panjabi: Full Course Award
214
46851
GCSE
Polish: Unit 1
221
46852
GCSE
Polish: Unit 2
221
46853
GCSE
Polish: Unit 3
221
46854
GCSE
Polish: Unit 4
221
4686
GCSE Short
Polish: Short Course in Spoken Language Award
221
4687
GCSE Short
Polish: Short Course in Written Language Award
221
4688
GCSE
Polish: Full Course Award
221
46951F
GCSE
Spanish: Unit 1 tier F
229
46951H
GCSE
Spanish: Unit 1 tier H
229
46952F
GCSE
Spanish: Unit 2 tier F
229
46952H
GCSE
Spanish: Unit 2 tier H
229
46953
GCSE
Spanish: Unit 3
229
46954
GCSE
Spanish: Unit 4
229
4696
GCSE Short
Spanish: Short Course in Spoken Language Award
229
4697
GCSE Short
Spanish: Short Course in Written Language Award
229
4698
GCSE
Spanish: Full Course Award
229
4702
GCSE
English: Full Course Award
179
4707
GCSE
English Language: Full Course Award
183
47201
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 1: Reading: Paper based
42
47201S
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 1: Reading: On-screen
42
47202
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 1: Writing: Paper based
42
47202S
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 1: Writing: On-screen
42
47203
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 1: Speaking, listening and communication
42
4721
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 1 Award
42
47251
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 2: Reading: Paper based
43
47251S
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 2: Reading: On-screen
43
47252
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 2: Writing: Paper based
43
47252S
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 2: Writing: On-screen
43
47253
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 2: Speaking, listening and communication
43
4726
Func Skills
Functional English: Level 2 Award
43
47601
GCSE
General Studies: Unit 1
192
47602
GCSE
General Studies: Unit 2
192
4762
GCSE
General Studies: Full Course Award
192
4800
AQA Certificate Certificate in Preparation for Working Life: Short Course
29
4801
AQA Certificate Certificate in Preparation for Working Life
29
4805
AQA Certificate Enterprise and Employability: Short Course
22
4806
AQA Certificate Enterprise and Employability
22
48101
GCSE
Media Studies: Unit 1
211
267
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
48102
GCSE
Media Studies: Unit 2
211
48103
GCSE
Media Studies: Unit 3
211
48104
GCSE
Media Studies: Unit 4
211
4812
GCSE
Media Studies: Single Award
211
4814
GCSE Double
Media Studies: Double Award
211
48201
GCSE
Health and Social Care: Unit 1
196
48202
GCSE
Health and Social Care: Unit 2
196
48203
GCSE
Health and Social Care: Unit 3
196
48204
GCSE
Health and Social Care: Unit 4
196
4822
GCSE
Health and Social Care: Single Award
196
4824
GCSE Double
Health and Social Care: Double Award
196
48401
GCSE
Leisure and Tourism: Unit 1
206
48402
GCSE
Leisure and Tourism: Unit 2
206
48403
GCSE
Leisure and Tourism: Unit 3
206
48404
GCSE
Leisure and Tourism: Unit 4
206
4842
GCSE
Leisure and Tourism: Single Award
206
4844
GCSE Double
Leisure and Tourism: Double Award
206
48501
GCSE
Engineering: Unit 1
178
48502
GCSE
Engineering: Unit 2
178
48503
GCSE
Engineering: Unit 3
178
48504
GCSE
Engineering: Unit 4
178
4852
GCSE
Engineering: Single Award
178
4854
GCSE Double
Engineering: Double Award
178
4856
AQA Certificate Certificate in Engineering and Computer Applications
20
4857
AQA Certificate Certificate in Engineering and Innovation
21
48801
GCSE
Performing Arts: Unit 1
215
48802
GCSE
Performing Arts: Unit 2
215
48803
GCSE
Performing Arts: Unit 3
215
48804
GCSE
Performing Arts: Unit 4
215
4882
GCSE
Performing Arts: Single Award
215
4884
GCSE Double
Performing Arts: Double Award
215
48901
GCSE Short
Physical Education: Short Course: Unit 1
217
48902
GCSE Short
Physical Education: Short Course: Unit 2
217
48903
GCSE
Physical Education: Unit 3
217
48904
GCSE
Physical Education: Unit 4
217
48905
GCSE
Physical Education: Unit 5
217
48906
GCSE
Physical Education: Unit 6
217
4891
GCSE Short
Physical Education: Short Course Award
217
4892
GCSE
Physical Education: Single Award
217
268
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
4894
GCSE Double
Physical Education: Double Award
4911
Func Skills
Functional ICT: Entry 1
44
4912
Func Skills
Functional ICT: Entry 2
44
4913
Func Skills
Functional ICT: Entry 3
44
4930
ELC
Mathematics
33
4931
Func Skills
Functional Mathematics: Entry 1
46
4932
Func Skills
Functional Mathematics: Entry 2
46
4933
Func Skills
Functional Mathematics: Entry 3
46
4971R
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 1: Reading
40
4971S
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 1: Speaking, Listening and Communication
40
4971W
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 1: Writing
40
4972R
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 2: Reading
40
4972S
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 2: Speaking, Listening and Communication
40
4972W
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 2: Writing
40
4973R
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 3: Reading
41
4973S
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 3: Speaking, Listening and Communication
41
4973W
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 3: Writing
41
4976
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 1 Award
40
4977
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 2 Award
40
4978
Func Skills
Functional English: Entry 3 Award
41
4981
FSMQ
Money Management (Foundation)
32, 38
4982
FSMQ
Using Spatial Techniques (Foundation)
32, 38
4983
FSMQ
Using Data (Foundation)
32, 38
4984
FSMQ
Financial Calculations (Higher)
32, 38
4985
FSMQ
Shape and Space (Higher)
32, 38
4986
FSMQ
Data Handling (Higher)
32, 38
4988
FSMQ
Algebra and Graphs (Higher)
32, 38
5361
GCE
Mathematics: Advanced Subsidiary Award
123
5366
GCE
Pure Mathematics: Advanced Subsidiary Award
123
5371
GCE
Further Mathematics: Advanced Subsidiary Award
123
5381
GCE
Statistics: Advanced Subsidiary Award
150
5702
GCSE
English: Full Course Award (Northern Ireland centres)
181
5707
GCSE
English Language: Full Course Award (Northern Ireland centres)
185
5800
PSE
Personal and Social Education (QCF)
28
5831
FCSE Short
Italian Short Course in Spoken Language
36
5832
FCSE Short
Italian Short Course in Written Language
36
5833
FCSE
Italian
36
5856
FCSE Short
French Short Course in Spoken Language
35
5857
FCSE Short
French Short Course in Written Language
35
217
269
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
5858
FCSE
French
35
5866
FCSE Short
German Short Course in Spoken Language
36
5867
FCSE Short
German Short Course in Written Language
36
5868
FCSE
German
36
5871
FCSE Short
Chinese (Mandarin) Short Course in Spoken Language
35
5872
FCSE Short
Chinese (Mandarin) Short Course in Written Language
35
5873
FCSE
Chinese (Mandarin)
35
5896
FCSE Short
Spanish Short Course in Spoken Language
37
5897
FCSE Short
Spanish Short Course in Written Language
37
5898
FCSE
Spanish
37
5948
ELC
Science
34
5972
ELC
Step Up to English - Silver Step (new)
33
5973
ELC
Step Up to English - Gold Step (new)
33
6361
GCE
Mathematics: Advanced Award
123
6366
GCE
Pure Mathematics: Advanced Award
123
6371
GCE
Further Mathematics: Advanced Award
123
6381
GCE
Statistics: Advanced Award
150
7036
GCE
AS Geography (new)
106
7037
GCE
A-level Geography (new)
106
7041AA
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option A
115
7041AB
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option B
115
7041AD
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option D
115
7041AE
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option E
115
7041AM
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option M
115
7041AS
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option S
115
7041BA
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option A
115
7041BB
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option B
115
7041BD
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option D
115
7041BE
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option E
115
7041BM
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option M
115
7041BS
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option S
115
7041CF
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option F
115
7041CG
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option G
115
7041CH
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option H
115
7041CJ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option J
115
7041CK
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option K
115
7041CL
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option L
115
7041CN
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option N
115
7041CO
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option O
115
270
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
7041CP
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option P
115
7041CQ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option Q
115
7041CR
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option R
115
7041CT
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option T
115
7041DC
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option C
115
7041DG
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option G
115
7041DH
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option H
115
7041DJ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option J
115
7041DK
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option K
115
7041DL
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option L
115
7041DN
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option N
115
7041DO
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option O
115
7041DP
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option P
115
7041DQ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option Q
115
7041DR
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option R
115
7041DT
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option T
115
7041EA
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option A
115
7041EB
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option B
115
7041ED
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option D
115
7041EE
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option E
115
7041EM
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option M
115
7041ES
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option S
115
7041FC
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option C
115
7041FF
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option F
115
7041FG
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option G
115
7041FH
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option H
115
7041FJ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option J
115
7041FK
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option K
115
7041FL
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option L
115
7041FN
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option N
115
7041FO
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option O
115
7041FP
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option P
115
7041FQ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option Q
115
7041FR
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option R
115
7041FT
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option T
115
7041GC
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option C
115
7041GF
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option F
115
7041GG
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option G
115
7041GH
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option H
115
271
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
7041GJ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option J
115
7041GK
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option K
115
7041GL
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option L
115
7041GN
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option N
115
7041GO
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option O
115
7041GP
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option P
115
7041GQ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option Q
115
7041GR
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option R
115
7041GT
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option T
115
7041HA
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option A
115
7041HB
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option B
115
7041HD
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option D
115
7041HE
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option E
115
7041HM
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option M
115
7041HS
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option S
115
7041JC
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option C
115
7041JF
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option F
115
7041JG
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option G
115
7041JH
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option H
115
7041JJ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option J
115
7041JK
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option K
115
7041JL
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option L
115
7041JN
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option N
115
7041JO
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option O
115
7041JP
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option P
115
7041JQ
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option Q
115
7041JR
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option R
115
7041JT
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option T
115
7041KA
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option A
115
7041KB
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option B
115
7041KD
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option D
115
7041KE
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option E
115
7041KM
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option M
115
7041KS
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option S
115
7041LA
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option A
115
7041LB
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option B
115
7041LD
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option D
115
7041LE
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option E
115
7041LM
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option M
115
272
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
7041LS
GCE
AS History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option S
115
7042AA
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option A
117
7042AB
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option B
117
7042AD
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option D
117
7042AE
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option E
117
7042AM
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option M
117
7042AS
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option A + Paper 2 Option S
117
7042BA
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option A
117
7042BB
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option B
117
7042BD
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option D
117
7042BE
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option E
117
7042BM
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option M
117
7042BS
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option B + Paper 2 Option S
117
7042CF
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option F
117
7042CG
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option G
117
7042CH
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option H
117
7042CJ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option J
117
7042CK
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option K
117
7042CL
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option L
117
7042CN
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option N
117
7042CO
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option O
117
7042CP
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option P
117
7042CQ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option Q
117
7042CR
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option R
117
7042CT
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option C + Paper 2 Option T
117
7042DC
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option C
117
7042DG
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option G
117
7042DH
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option H
117
7042DJ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option J
117
7042DK
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option K
117
7042DL
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option L
117
7042DN
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option N
117
7042DO
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option O
117
7042DP
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option P
117
7042DQ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option Q
117
7042DR
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option R
117
7042DT
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option D + Paper 2 Option T
117
7042EA
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option A
117
7042EB
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option B
117
273
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
7042ED
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option D
117
7042EE
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option E
117
7042EM
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option M
117
7042ES
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option E + Paper 2 Option S
117
7042FC
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option C
117
7042FF
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option F
117
7042FG
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option G
117
7042FH
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option H
117
7042FJ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option J
117
7042FK
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option K
117
7042FL
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option L
117
7042FN
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option N
117
7042FO
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option O
117
7042FP
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option P
117
7042FQ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option Q
117
7042FR
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option R
117
7042FT
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option F + Paper 2 Option T
117
7042GC
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option C
117
7042GF
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option F
117
7042GG
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option G
117
7042GH
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option H
117
7042GJ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option J
117
7042GK
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option K
117
7042GL
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option L
117
7042GN
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option N
117
7042GO
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option O
117
7042GP
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option P
117
7042GQ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option Q
117
7042GR
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option R
117
7042GT
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option G + Paper 2 Option T
117
7042HA
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option A
117
7042HB
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option B
117
7042HD
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option D
117
7042HE
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option E
117
7042HM
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option M
117
7042HS
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option H + Paper 2 Option S
117
7042JC
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option C
117
7042JF
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option F
117
7042JG
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option G
117
274
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
7042JH
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option H
117
7042JJ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option J
117
7042JK
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option K
117
7042JL
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option L
117
7042JN
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option N
117
7042JO
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option O
117
7042JP
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option P
117
7042JQ
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option Q
117
7042JR
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option R
117
7042JT
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option J + Paper 2 Option T
117
7042KA
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option A
117
7042KB
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option B
117
7042KD
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option D
117
7042KE
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option E
117
7042KM
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option M
117
7042KS
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option K + Paper 2 Option S
117
7042LA
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option A
117
7042LB
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option B
117
7042LD
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option D
117
7042LE
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option E
117
7042LM
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option M
117
7042LS
GCE
A-level History (new): Paper 1 Option L + Paper 2 Option S
117
7061A
GCE
AS Religious Studies (new): Option A Buddhism
143
7061B
GCE
AS Religious Studies (new): Option B Christianity
143
7061C
GCE
AS Religious Studies (new): Option C Hinduism
143
7061D
GCE
AS Religious Studies (new): Option D Islam
143
7061E
GCE
AS Religious Studies (new): Option E Judaism
143
7062A
GCE
A-level Religious Studies (new): Option A Buddhism
143
7062B
GCE
A-level Religious Studies (new): Option B Christianity
143
7062C
GCE
A-level Religious Studies (new): Option C Hinduism
143
7062D
GCE
A-level Religious Studies (new): Option D Islam
143
7062E
GCE
A-level Religious Studies (new): Option E Judaism
143
7131
GCE
AS Business Studies (new)
70
7132
GCE
A-level Business Studies (new)
70
7135
GCE
AS Economics (new)
89
7136
GCE
A-level Economics (new)
89
7181
GCE
AS Psychology (new)
140
7182
GCE
A-level Psychology (new)
140
7191
GCE
AS Sociology (new)
147
275
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
7192
GCE
A-level Sociology (new)
7201
GCE
A-level Art and Design: Art, craft and design (new)
55
7202
GCE
A-level Art and Design: Fine art (new)
57
7203
GCE
A-level Art and Design: Graphic communication (new)
59
7204
GCE
A-level Art and Design: Textile design (new)
63
7205
GCE
A-level Art and Design: 3-D design (new)
65
7206
GCE
A-level Art and Design: Photography (new)
61
7236
GCE
AS Dance (new)
81
7237
GCE
A-level Dance (new)
81
7241
GCE
AS Art and Design: Art, craft and design (new)
55
7242
GCE
AS Art and Design: Fine art (new)
57
7243
GCE
AS Art and Design: Graphic communication (new)
59
7244
GCE
AS Art and Design: Textile design (new)
63
7245
GCE
AS Art and Design: 3-D design (new)
65
7246
GCE
AS Art and Design: Photography (new)
61
7261
GCE
AS Drama and Theatre (new)
87
7262
GCE
A-level Drama and Theatre (new)
87
7271
GCE
AS Music (new)
128
7272
GCE
A-level Music (new)
128
7401
GCE
AS Biology (new)
68
7402
GCE
A-level Biology (new)
68
7404
GCE
AS Chemistry (new)
72
7405
GCE
A-level Chemistry (new)
72
7407
GCE
AS Physics (new)
135
7408A
GCE
A-level Physics: Option A: Astrophysics (new)
135
7408B
GCE
A-level Physics: Option B: Medical Physics (new)
135
7408C
GCE
A-level Physics: Option C: Engineering Physics (new)
135
7408D
GCE
A-level Physics: Option D: Turning Points in Physics (new)
135
7408E
GCE
A-level Physics: Option E: Electronics (new)
135
7516A
GCE
AS Computer Science: Option A: C# (new)
77
7516B
GCE
AS Computer Science: Option B: Java (new)
77
7516C
GCE
AS Computer Science: Option C: Pascal/Delphi (new)
77
7516D
GCE
AS Computer Science: Option D: Python (new)
77
7516E
GCE
AS Computer Science: Option E: VB.Net (new)
77
7517A
GCE
A-level Computer Science: Option A: C# (new)
77
7517B
GCE
A-level Computer Science: Option B: Java (new)
77
7517C
GCE
A-level Computer Science: Option C: Pascal/Delphi (new)
77
7517D
GCE
A-level Computer Science: Option D: Python (new)
77
7517E
GCE
A-level Computer Science: Option E: VB.Net (new)
77
276
147
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
7651T
GCE
AS French (new): Option T
103
7651V
GCE
AS French (new): Option V
103
7652T
GCE
A-level French (new): Option T
103
7652V
GCE
A-level French (new): Option V
103
7661T
GCE
AS German (new): Option T
108
7661V
GCE
AS German (new): Option V
108
7662T
GCE
A-level German (new): Option T
108
7662V
GCE
A-level German (new): Option V
108
7691T
GCE
AS Spanish (new): Option T
149
7691V
GCE
AS Spanish (new): Option V
149
7692T
GCE
A-level Spanish (new): Option T
149
7692V
GCE
A-level Spanish (new): Option V
149
7701
GCE
AS English Language (new)
93
7702
GCE
A-level English Language (new)
93
7706
GCE
AS English Language and Literature (new)
96
7707
GCE
A-level English Language and Literature (new)
96
7711
GCE
AS English Literature (new)
99
7712A
GCE
A-level English Literature A: Option A: WW1 (new)
99
7712B
GCE
A-level English Literature A: Option B: Modern Times (new)
99
7716AA
GCE
AS English Literature B: Option A & A: Drama Tragedy & Prose Tragedy (new)
100
7716AB
GCE
AS English Literature B: Option A & B: Drama Tragedy & Prose Comedy (new)
100
7716BA
GCE
AS English Literature B: Option B & A: Drama Comedy & Prose Tragedy (new)
100
7716BB
GCE
AS English Literature B: Option B & B: Drama Comedy & Prose Comedy (new)
100
7717AA
GCE
A-level English Literature B: Options A & A: Tragedy & Crime Writing (new)
100
7717AB
GCE
A-level English Literature B: Options A & B: Tragedy & Political Writing (new)
100
7717BA
GCE
A-level English Literature B: Options B & A: Comedy & Crime Writing (new)
100
7717BB
GCE
A-level English Literature B: Options B & B: Comedy & Political Writing (new)
100
7991
Project
Level 1 Foundation Project Qualification
232
7992
Project
Level 2 Higher Project Qualification
232
7993
Project
Level 3 Extended Project Qualification
232
8031
AQA Certificate Certificate in Geography
25
8045
AQA Certificate Certificate in History
27
8300F
GCSE
Mathematics (new): Foundation tier
208
8300H
GCSE
Mathematics (new): Higher tier
208
8360
AQA Certificate Certificate in Further Mathematics
25
8401
AQA Certificate Certificate in Biology
19
8402
AQA Certificate Certificate in Chemistry
20
8403
AQA Certificate Certificate in Physics
29
8404A
AQA Certificate Certificate in Science (Double Award): Option A
30
277
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
8404B
AQA Certificate Certificate in Science (Double Award): Option B
30
8404C
AQA Certificate Certificate in Science (Double Award): Option C
30
8404D
AQA Certificate Certificate in Science (Double Award): Option D
30
8404E
AQA Certificate Certificate in Science (Double Award): Option E
30
8404F
AQA Certificate Certificate in Science (Double Award): Option F
30
8404G
AQA Certificate Certificate in Science (Double Award): Option G
30
8404H
AQA Certificate Certificate in Science (Double Award): Option H
30
8611
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Advanced Subsidiary Award
49
8613
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Advanced Subsidiary Double Award
49
8616
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Advanced Award
49
8617
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Advanced with Advanced Subsidiary (Additional) Award
50
8619
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Advanced Double Award
50
8655A
AQA Certificate Certificate in French: Option A
24
8655B
AQA Certificate Certificate in French: Option B
24
8655C
AQA Certificate Certificate in French: Option C
24
8655D
AQA Certificate Certificate in French: Option D
24
8655E
AQA Certificate Certificate in French: Option E
24
8655F
AQA Certificate Certificate in French: Option F
24
8655G
AQA Certificate Certificate in French: Option G
24
8655H
AQA Certificate Certificate in French: Option H
24
8665A
AQA Certificate Certificate in German: Option A
26
8665B
AQA Certificate Certificate in German: Option B
26
8665C
AQA Certificate Certificate in German: Option C
26
8665D
AQA Certificate Certificate in German: Option D
26
8665E
AQA Certificate Certificate in German: Option E
26
8665F
AQA Certificate Certificate in German: Option F
26
8665G
AQA Certificate Certificate in German: Option G
26
8665H
AQA Certificate Certificate in German: Option H
26
8695A
AQA Certificate Certificate in Spanish: Option A
31
8695B
AQA Certificate Certificate in Spanish: Option B
31
8695C
AQA Certificate Certificate in Spanish: Option C
31
8695D
AQA Certificate Certificate in Spanish: Option D
31
8695E
AQA Certificate Certificate in Spanish: Option E
31
8695F
AQA Certificate Certificate in Spanish: Option F
31
8695G
AQA Certificate Certificate in Spanish: Option G
31
8695H
AQA Certificate Certificate in Spanish: Option H
31
8700
GCSE
English Language (new)
187
8702
GCSE
English Literature (new)
188
8705FC
AQA Certificate Certificate in English Language: Coursework Option: Foundation tier
278
21
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
8705FW
AQA Certificate Certificate in English Language: Written Paper Option: Foundation tier
21
8705HC
AQA Certificate Certificate in English Language: Coursework Option: Higher tier
21
8705HW
AQA Certificate Certificate in English Language: Written Paper Option: Higher tier
21
8771
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Advanced Subsidiary Award
51
8773
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Advanced Subsidiary Double Award
51
8776
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Advanced Award
51
8777
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Advanced with Advanced Subsidiary (Additional)
52
8779
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Advanced Double Award
52
9000
Bacc
Baccalaureate: Overall Baccalaureate
14
9001
Bacc
Baccalaureate: Enrichment Scheme
14
90301F
GCSE
Geography A: Unit 1 tier F
193
90301H
GCSE
Geography A: Unit 1 tier H
193
90302F
GCSE
Geography A: Unit 2 tier F
193
90302H
GCSE
Geography A: Unit 2 tier H
193
90303
GCSE
Geography A: Unit 3
193
9032
GCSE
Geography A: Full Course Award
193
90351F
GCSE
Geography B: Unit 1 tier F
194
90351H
GCSE
Geography B: Unit 1 tier H
194
90352F
GCSE
Geography B: Unit 2 tier F
194
90352H
GCSE
Geography B: Unit 2 tier H
194
90353
GCSE
Geography B: Unit 3
194
9037
GCSE
Geography B: Full Course Award
194
91401A
GCSE
History A: Unit 1A
198
91401B
GCSE
History A: Unit 1B
198
91402A
GCSE
History A: Unit 2A
198
91402B
GCSE
History A: Unit 2B
198
91402C
GCSE
History A: Unit 2C
198
91402D
GCSE
History A: Unit 2D
198
91403
GCSE
History A: Unit 3
198
91404A
GCSE Short
History A: Short Course: Unit 4A
198
91404B
GCSE Short
History A: Short Course: Unit 4B
198
9141
GCSE Short
History A: Short Course Award
198
9142
GCSE
History A: Full Course Award
198
91451
GCSE
History B: Unit 1
199
91452
GCSE
History B: Unit 2
199
91453
GCSE
History B: Unit 3
199
91454
GCSE Short
History B: Short Course: Unit 4
199
9146
GCSE Short
History B: Short Course Award
199
9147
GCSE
History B: Full Course Award
199
279
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
9361
GCE
Use of Mathematics (Restricted Pilot): Advanced Subsidiary Award
151
9362
GCE
Use of Mathematics (Restricted Pilot): Advanced Award
151
93651F
GCSE
Methods in Mathematics (linked pair): Unit 1: tier F
210
93651H
GCSE
Methods in Mathematics (linked pair): Unit 1: tier H
210
93652F
GCSE
Methods in Mathematics (linked pair): Unit 2: tier F
210
93652H
GCSE
Methods in Mathematics (linked pair): Unit 2: tier H
210
9367
GCSE
Methods In Mathematics (linked pair): Full Course Award
210
93701F
GCSE
Applications of Mathematics (linked pair): Unit 1: tier F
209
93701H
GCSE
Applications of Mathematics (linked pair): Unit 1: tier H
209
93702F
GCSE
Applications of Mathematics (linked pair): Unit 2: tier F
209
93702H
GCSE
Applications of Mathematics (linked pair): Unit 2: tier H
209
9372
GCSE
Applications of Mathematics (linked pair): Full Course Award
209
9993
FSMQ
Data Analysis (Restricted Pilot)
39, 151
9994
FSMQ
Hypothesis Testing (Restricted Pilot)
39, 151
9995
FSMQ
Dynamics (Restricted Pilot)
39, 151
9996
FSMQ
Maths Principles for Personal Finance (Restricted Pilot)
39, 151
9997
FSMQ
Decision Mathematics (Restricted Pilot)
39, 151
9998
FSMQ
Calculus (Restricted Pilot)
39, 151
AAS1FP
GCSE
Additional Applied Science: Unit 1 tier F
153
AAS1HP
GCSE
Additional Applied Science: Unit 1 tier H
153
AAS2
GCSE
Additional Applied Science: Unit 2
153
ACCN1
GCE
Accounting: Unit 1
48
ACCN2
GCE
Accounting: Unit 2
48
ACCN3
GCE
Accounting: Unit 3
48
ACCN4
GCE
Accounting: Unit 4
48
ANTH1
GCE
Anthropology: Unit 1
48
ANTH2
GCE
Anthropology: Unit 2
48
ANTH3
GCE
Anthropology: Unit 3
48
ANTH4
GCE
Anthropology: Unit 4
48
ARCH1
GCE
Archaeology: Unit 1
53
ARCH2
GCE
Archaeology: Unit 2
53
ARCH3
GCE
Archaeology: Unit 3
53
ARCH4
GCE
Archaeology: Unit 4
53
ARTA1
GCE
Art and Design (Art, Craft and Design): Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
54
ARTA2
GCE
Art and Design (Art, Craft and Design): Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
54
ARTA3
GCE
Art and Design (Art, Craft and Design): Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
54
ARTA4
GCE
Art and Design (Art, Craft and Design): Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
54
ARTB1
GCE
Art and Design (Fine Art): Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
56
ARTB2
GCE
Art and Design (Fine Art): Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
56
280
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
ARTB3
GCE
Art and Design (Fine Art): Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
56
ARTB4
GCE
Art and Design (Fine Art): Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
56
ARTC1
GCE
Art and Design (Graphic Communication): Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
58
ARTC2
GCE
Art and Design (Graphic Communication): Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
58
ARTC3
GCE
Art and Design (Graphic Communication): Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
58
ARTC4
GCE
Art and Design (Graphic Communication): Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
58
ARTD1
GCE
Art and Design (Textile Design): Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
62
ARTD2
GCE
Art and Design (Textile Design): Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
62
ARTD3
GCE
Art and Design (Textile Design): Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
62
ARTD4
GCE
Art and Design (Textile Design): Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
62
ARTE1
GCE
Art and Design (3-D Design): Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
64
ARTE2
GCE
Art and Design (3-D Design): Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
64
ARTE3
GCE
Art and Design (3-D Design): Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
64
ARTE4
GCE
Art and Design (3-D Design): Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
64
ARTF1
GCE
Art and Design (Photography): Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
60
ARTF2
GCE
Art and Design (Photography): Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
60
ARTF3
GCE
Art and Design (Photography): Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
60
ARTF4
GCE
Art and Design (Photography): Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
60
AS1FP
GCSE
Additional Science: Route 2: Unit 1 tier F
154
AS1HP
GCSE
Additional Science: Route 2: Unit 1 tier H
154
AS2FP
GCSE
Additional Science: Route 2: Unit 2 tier F
154
AS2HP
GCSE
Additional Science: Route 2: Unit 2 tier H
154
AS4P
GCSE
Additional Science: Unit 4
154
BENG1
GCE
Bengali: Unit 1
66
BENG2
GCE
Bengali: Unit 2
66
BIOL1
GCE
Biology: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
67
BIOL2
GCE
Biology: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
67
BIOL4
GCE
Biology: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
67
BIOL5
GCE
Biology: Unit 5 (outgoing spec)
67
BL1FP
GCSE
Biology: Unit 1 tier F
161, 225
BL1FS
GCSE
Biology: Unit 1 tier F (On-screen)
161, 225
BL1HP
GCSE
Biology: Unit 1 tier H
161, 225
BL1HS
GCSE
Biology: Unit 1 tier H (On-screen)
161, 225
BL2FP
GCSE
Biology: Unit 2 tier F
154, 161
BL2HP
GCSE
Biology: Unit 2 tier H
154, 161
BL3FP
GCSE
Biology: Unit 3 tier F
161
BL3HP
GCSE
Biology: Unit 3 tier H
161
BL4P
GCSE
Biology: Unit 4
161
BS01
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 1
49
281
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
BS02
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 2
49
BS03
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 3
49
BS04
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 4
49
BS05
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 5
49
BS06
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 6
49
BS07
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 7
49
BS08
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 8
49
BS09
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 9
49
BS10
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 10
49
BS11
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 11
49
BS12
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 12
49
BS13
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 13
49
BS14
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 14
49
BS15
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 15
49
BS16
GCE Applied
Applied Business: Unit 16
49
BUSS1
GCE
Business Studies: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
69
BUSS2
GCE
Business Studies: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
69
BUSS3
GCE
Business Studies: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
69
BUSS4
GCE
Business Studies: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
69
CH1FP
GCSE
Chemistry: Unit 1 tier F
165, 225
CH1FS
GCSE
Chemistry: Unit 1 tier F (On-screen)
165, 225
CH1HP
GCSE
Chemistry: Unit 1 tier H
165, 225
CH1HS
GCSE
Chemistry: Unit 1 tier H (On-screen)
165, 225
CH2FP
GCSE
Chemistry: Unit 2 tier F
154, 165
CH2HP
GCSE
Chemistry: Unit 2 tier H
154, 165
CH3FP
GCSE
Chemistry: Unit 3 tier F
165
CH3HP
GCSE
Chemistry: Unit 3 tier H
165
CH4P
GCSE
Chemistry: Unit 4
165
CHEM1
GCE
Chemistry: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
71
CHEM2
GCE
Chemistry: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
71
CHEM4
GCE
Chemistry: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
71
CHEM5
GCE
Chemistry: Unit 5 (outgoing spec)
71
CHM3X
GCE
Chemistry: Unit 3X (outgoing spec)
71
CHM6X
GCE
Chemistry: Unit 6X (outgoing spec)
71
CIST1
GCE
Citizenship Studies: Unit 1
73
CIST2
GCE
Citizenship Studies: Unit 2
73
CIST3
GCE
Citizenship Studies: Unit 3
73
CIST4
GCE
Citizenship Studies: Unit 4
73
CIV1A
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 1 Option A
74
282
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
CIV1B
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 1 Option B
74
CIV1C
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 1 Option C
74
CIV1D
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 1 Option D
74
CIV1E
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 1 Option E
74
CIV1F
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 1 Option F
74
CIV2A
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 2 Option A
74
CIV2B
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 2 Option B
74
CIV2C
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 2 Option C
74
CIV2D
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 2 Option D
74
CIV2E
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 2 Option E
74
CIV2F
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 2 Option F
74
CIV3A
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 3 Option A
74
CIV3B
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 3 Option B
74
CIV3C
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 3 Option C
74
CIV3D
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 3 Option D
74
CIV4A
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 4 Option A
74
CIV4B
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 4 Option B
74
CIV4C
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 4 Option C
74
CIV4D
GCE
Classical Civilisation: Unit 4 Option D
74
COMM1
GCE
Communication and Culture: Unit 1
75
COMM2
GCE
Communication and Culture: Unit 2
75
COMM3
GCE
Communication and Culture: Unit 3
75
COMM4
GCE
Communication and Culture: Unit 4
75
COMP1
GCE
Computing: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
76
COMP2
GCE
Computing: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
76
COMP3
GCE
Computing: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
76
COMP4
GCE
Computing: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
76
CREW1
GCE
Creative Writing: Unit 1
79
CREW2
GCE
Creative Writing: Unit 2
79
CREW3
GCE
Creative Writing: Unit 3
79
CREW4
GCE
Creative Writing: Unit 4
79
DANC1
GCE
Dance: Unit 1
80
DANC2
GCE
Dance: Unit 2
80
DANC3
GCE
Dance: Unit 3
80
DANC4
GCE
Dance: Unit 4
80
DRAM1
GCE
Drama: Unit 1
86
DRAM2
GCE
Drama: Unit 2
86
DRAM3
GCE
Drama: Unit 3
86
DRAM4
GCE
Drama: Unit 4
86
283
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
ECON1
GCE
Economics: Unit 1
88
ECON2
GCE
Economics: Unit 2
88
ECON3
GCE
Economics: Unit 3
88
ECON4
GCE
Economics: Unit 4
88
EEPF1
AQA Certificate Enterprise, Employability and Personal Finance: Unit 1
23
EEPF2
AQA Certificate Enterprise, Employability and Personal Finance: Unit 2: Enterprise Project
23
ELEC1
GCE
Electronics: Unit 1
90
ELEC2
GCE
Electronics: Unit 2
90
ELEC3
GCE
Electronics: Unit 3
90
ELEC4
GCE
Electronics: Unit 4
90
ELEC5
GCE
Electronics: Unit 5
90
ELEC6
GCE
Electronics: Unit 6
90
ELLA1
GCE
English Language and Literature A: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
94
ELLA2
GCE
English Language and Literature A: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
94
ELLA3
GCE
English Language and Literature A: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
94
ELLA4
GCE
English Language and Literature A: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
94
ELLB1F
GCE
English Language and Literature B: Unit 1: Food Anthology (outgoing spec)
95
ELLB2
GCE
English Language and Literature B: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
95
ELLB3
GCE
English Language and Literature B: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
95
ELLB4
GCE
English Language and Literature B: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
95
ENG02
GCSE
English/English Language: Unit 2
ENG03
GCSE
English: Unit 3
ENG1F
GCSE
English/English Language: Unit 1 tier F
179, 183
ENG1H
GCSE
English/English Language: Unit 1 tier H
179, 183
ENGA1
GCE
English Language A: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
91
ENGA2
GCE
English Language A: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
91
ENGA3
GCE
English Language A: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
91
ENGA4
GCE
English Language A: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
91
ENGB1
GCE
English Language B: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
92
ENGB2
GCE
English Language B: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
92
ENGB3
GCE
English Language B: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
92
ENGB4
GCE
English Language B: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
92
ENL03
GCSE
English Language: Unit 3
183
ENVS1
GCE
Environmental Studies: Unit 1
101
ENVS2
GCE
Environmental Studies: Unit 2
101
ENVS3
GCE
Environmental Studies: Unit 3
101
ENVS4
GCE
Environmental Studies: Unit 4
101
FAS1FP
GCSE
Further Additional Science: Unit 1: tier F
191
FAS1HP
GCSE
Further Additional Science: Unit 1: tier H
191
284
179, 183
179
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
FAS2FP
GCSE
Further Additional Science: Unit 2: tier F
191
FAS2HP
GCSE
Further Additional Science: Unit 2: tier H
191
FAS3FP
GCSE
Further Additional Science: Unit 3: tier F
191
FAS3HP
GCSE
Further Additional Science: Unit 3: tier H
191
FAS4P
GCSE
Further Additional Science: Unit 4
191
FOOD1
GCE
Design and Technology: Food Technology: Unit 1
82
FOOD2
GCE
Design and Technology: Food Technology: Unit 2
82
FOOD3
GCE
Design and Technology: Food Technology: Unit 3
82
FOOD4
GCE
Design and Technology: Food Technology: Unit 4
82
FRE2T
GCE
French: Unit 2 Teacher Conducted Speaking Test
102
FRE2V
GCE
French: Unit 2 Visiting Examiner Speaking Test
102
FRE4T
GCE
French: Unit 4 Teacher Conducted Speaking Test
102
FRE4V
GCE
French: Unit 4 Visiting Examiner Speaking Test
102
FREN1
GCE
French: Unit 1
102
FREN3
GCE
French: Unit 3
102
GENA1
GCE
General Studies A: Unit 1
104
GENA2
GCE
General Studies A: Unit 2
104
GENA3
GCE
General Studies A: Unit 3
104
GENA4
GCE
General Studies A: Unit 4
104
GENB1
GCE
General Studies B: Unit 1
104
GENB2
GCE
General Studies B: Unit 2
104
GENB3
GCE
General Studies B: Unit 3
104
GENB4
GCE
General Studies B: Unit 4
104
GEO4A
GCE
Geography: Unit 4A
105
GEO4B
GCE
Geography: Unit 4B
105
GEOG1
GCE
Geography: Unit 1
105
GEOG2
GCE
Geography: Unit 2
105
GEOG3
GCE
Geography: Unit 3
105
GER2T
GCE
German: Unit 2 Teacher Conducted Speaking Test
107
GER2V
GCE
German: Unit 2 Visiting Examiner Speaking Test
107
GER4T
GCE
German: Unit 4 Teacher Conducted Speaking Test
107
GER4V
GCE
German: Unit 4 Visiting Examiner Speaking Test
107
GERM1
GCE
German: Unit 1
107
GERM3
GCE
German: Unit 3
107
GOV3A
GCE
Government and Politics: Unit 3A
109
GOV3B
GCE
Government and Politics: Unit 3B
109
GOV4A
GCE
Government and Politics: Unit 4A
109
GOV4B
GCE
Government and Politics: Unit 4B
109
GOVP1
GCE
Government and Politics: Unit 1
109
285
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
GOVP2
GCE
Government and Politics: Unit 2
109
HART1
GCE
History of Art: Unit 1
118
HART2
GCE
History of Art: Unit 2
118
HART3
GCE
History of Art: Unit 3
118
HART4
GCE
History of Art: Unit 4
118
HBIO1
GCE
Human Biology: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
119
HBIO2
GCE
Human Biology: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
119
HBIO4
GCE
Human Biology: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
119
HBIO5
GCE
Human Biology: Unit 5 (outgoing spec)
119
HIS1A
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option A: The Crusading Movement, 1095-1204 (outgoing)
111
HIS1B
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option B: Britain, 1483-1529 (outgoing)
111
HIS1C
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option C: The Reformation in Europe, c1500-1564 (outgoing)
111
HIS1D
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option D: Britain, 1603-1642 (outgoing)
111
HIS1E
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option E: Absolutist States: Reign of Louis XIV,1661-1715 (out)
111
HIS1F
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option F: France in Revolution, 1774-1815 (outgoing)
111
HIS1G
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option G: Britain, 1815-1865 (outgoing)
111
HIS1H
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option H: Tsarist Russia, 1855-1917 (outgoing)
111
HIS1J
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option J: The Development of Germany, 1871-1925 (outgoing)
111
HIS1K
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option K: Russia and Germany, 1871-1914 (outgoing)
111
HIS1L
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option L: Britain, 1906-1951 (outgoing)
111
HIS1M
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option M: USA, 1890-1945 (outgoing)
111
HIS1N
GCE
History: Unit 1 Option N: Totalitarian Ideology, c1848-c1941 (outgoing)
111
HIS2A
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option A: Conqueror and Conquest, c1060-1087 (outgoing)
111
HIS2B
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option B: The Church in England: 1529-1547 (outgoing)
111
HIS2C
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option C: The Reign of Henry IV of France, 1589-1610 (out)
111
HIS2D
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option D: Britain, 1625-1642: the Failure of Absolutism? (out)
111
HIS2E
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option E: Reign of Peter the Great of Russia, 1682-1725 (out)
111
HIS2F
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option F: Challenging British Dominance, 1754-1783 (outgoing)
111
HIS2G
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option G: The Forging of the Italian Nation, 1848-1871 (out)
111
HIS2H
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option H: Britain, 1902-1918: Impact of New Liberalism (out)
111
HIS2J
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option J: Britain and Appeasement, 1919-1940 (outgoing)
111
HIS2K
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option K: A New Roman Empire? Italy, 1922-1945 (outgoing)
111
HIS2L
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option L: The Impact of Stalin’s Leadership, 1924-1941 (out)
111
HIS2M
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option M: Life in Nazi Germany, 1933-1945 (outgoing)
111
HIS2N
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option N: Anti-Semitism, Hitler & People, 1919-1945 (outgoing)
111
HIS2O
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option O: Impact of Chairman Mao: China, 1946-1976 (out)
111
HIS2P
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option P: Campaign for Civil Rights in USA, 1950-1968 (out)
111
HIS2Q
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option Q: The USA and Vietnam, 1961-1975 (outgoing)
111
HIS2R
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option R: British Society, 1959-1975 (outgoing)
111
286
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
HIS2S
GCE
History: Unit 2 Option S: Liberal Democracies: Power to the People? (out)
111
HIS3A
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option A: Angevin Kings: British Monarchy, 1154–1216 (out)
112
HIS3B
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option B: Triumph of Elizabeth: Britain 1547–1603 (outgoing)
112
HIS3C
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option C: Emergence of Great Power? Spain 1492–1556 (out)
112
HIS3D
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option D: British Monarchy: the Crisis of State, 1642–1689 (out)
112
HIS3E
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option E: France and the Enlightenment: 1743–1789 (outgoing)
112
HIS3F
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option F: British Monarchy and State, 1714–1770 (outgoing)
112
HIS3G
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option G: British State and People, 1865–1915 (outgoing)
112
HIS3H
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option H: Monarchies and Republics France, 1815–1875 (out)
112
HIS3J
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option J: The State and People: Britain 1918–1964 (outgoing)
112
HIS3K
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option K: Russia and the USSR, 1941–1991 (outgoing)
112
HIS3L
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option L: From Defeat to Unity: Germany, 1945–1991 (out)
112
HIS3M
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option M: The Making of Modern Britain, 1951–2007 (outgoing)
112
HIS3N
GCE
History: Unit 3 Option N: Aspects of International Relations, 1945–2004 (out)
112
HIS4X
GCE
History: Unit 4 Historical Enquiry (outgoing spec)
112
HSC01
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 1
110
HSC02
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 2
110
HSC03
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 3
110
HSC04
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 4
110
HSC05
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 5
110
HSC06
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 6
110
HSC07
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 7
110
HSC08
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 8
110
HSC09
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 9
110
HSC10
GCE
Health and Social Care Unit 10
110
INFO1
GCE
Information and Communication Technology: Unit 1
121
INFO2
GCE
Information and Communication Technology: Unit 2
121
INFO3
GCE
Information and Communication Technology: Unit 3
121
INFO4
GCE
Information and Communication Technology: Unit 4
121
LAW01
GCE
Law: Unit 1
121
LAW02
GCE
Law: Unit 2
121
LAW03
GCE
Law: Unit 3
121
LAW04
GCE
Law: Unit 4
121
LITA2
GCE
English Literature A: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
97
LITA3
GCE
English Literature A: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
97
LITA4
GCE
English Literature A: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
97
LITB1
GCE
English Literature B: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
98
LITB2
GCE
English Literature B: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
98
LITB3
GCE
English Literature B: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
98
287
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
LITB4
GCE
English Literature B: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
98
LTA1A
GCE
English Literature A: Unit 1 Option A (outgoing spec)
97
LTA1B
GCE
English Literature A: Unit 1 Option B (outgoing spec)
97
LTA1C
GCE
English Literature A: Unit 1 Option C (outgoing spec)
97
MD01
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MD01
122
MD02
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MD02
122
MEST1
GCE
Media Studies: Unit 1
125
MEST2
GCE
Media Studies: Unit 2
125
MEST3
GCE
Media Studies: Unit 3
125
MEST4
GCE
Media Studies: Unit 4
125
MFP1
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MFP1
122
MFP2
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MFP2
122
MFP3
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MFP3
122
MFP4
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MFP4
122
MHEB1
GCE
Modern Hebrew: Unit 1
126
MHEB2
GCE
Modern Hebrew: Unit 2
126
MM03
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MM03
122
MM04
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MM04
122
MM05
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MM05
122
MM1B
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MM1B
122
MM2B
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MM2B
122
MPC1
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MPC1
122
MPC2
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MPC2
122
MPC3
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MPC3
122
MPC4
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MPC4
122
MS03
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MS03
122
MS04
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MS04
122
MS1A
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MS1A
122
MS1B
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MS1B
122
MS2B
GCE
Mathematics: Unit MS2B
122
MUS2A
GCE
Music: Unit 2 Brief A
127
MUS2B
GCE
Music: Unit 2 Brief B
127
MUS2C
GCE
Music: Unit 2 Brief C
127
MUS5A
GCE
Music: Unit 5 Brief A
127
MUS5B
GCE
Music: Unit 5 Brief B
127
MUS5C
GCE
Music: Unit 5 Brief C
127
MUSC1
GCE
Music: Unit 1
127
MUSC3
GCE
Music: Unit 3
127
MUSC4
GCE
Music: Unit 4
127
288
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
MUSC6
GCE
Music: Unit 6
NBIO3X
GCE
Biology: Unit 3X (outgoing spec)
67
NBIO6X
GCE
Biology: Unit 6X (outgoing spec)
67
NENG02
GCSE
English/English Language: Unit 2 (Northern Ireland centres)
NENG03
GCSE
English: Unit 3 (Northern Ireland centres)
NENG1F
GCSE
English/English Language: Unit 1 tier F (Northern Ireland centres)
181, 185
NENG1H
GCSE
English/English Language: Unit 1 tier H (Northern Ireland centres)
181, 185
NENL03
GCSE
English Language: Unit 3 (Northern Ireland centres)
185
NHBI3X
GCE
Human Biology: Unit 3X (outgoing spec)
119
NHBI6X
GCE
Human Biology: Unit 6X (outgoing spec)
119
PANJ1
GCE
Panjabi: Unit 1
129
PANJ2
GCE
Panjabi: Unit 2
129
PH1FP
GCSE
Physics: Unit 1 tier F
219, 225
PH1FS
GCSE
Physics: Unit 1 tier F (On-screen)
219, 225
PH1HP
GCSE
Physics: Unit 1 tier H
219, 225
PH1HS
GCSE
Physics: Unit 1 tier H (On-screen)
219, 225
PH2FP
GCSE
Physics: Unit 2 tier F
154, 219
PH2HP
GCSE
Physics: Unit 2 tier H
154, 219
PH3FP
GCSE
Physics: Unit 3 tier F
219
PH3HP
GCSE
Physics: Unit 3 tier H
219
PH4P
GCSE
Physics: Unit 4
219
PHA3X
GCE
Physics A: Unit 3X (outgoing spec)
133
PHA5A
GCE
Physics A: Unit 5A (outgoing spec)
133
PHA5B
GCE
Physics A: Unit 5B (outgoing spec)
133
PHA5C
GCE
Physics A: Unit 5C (outgoing spec)
133
PHA5D
GCE
Physics A: Unit 5D (outgoing spec)
133
PHA6X
GCE
Physics A: Unit 6X (outgoing spec)
133
PHB3X
GCE
Physics B: Physics in Context: Unit 3X (outgoing spec)
134
PHB6X
GCE
Physics B: Physics in Context: Unit 6X (outgoing spec)
134
PHED1
GCE
Physical Education: Unit 1
131
PHED2
GCE
Physical Education: Unit 2
131
PHED3
GCE
Physical Education: Unit 3
131
PHED4
GCE
Physical Education: Unit 4
131
PHLS1
GCE
Philosophy: Unit 1
130
PHLS2
GCE
Philosophy: Unit 2
130
PHYA1
GCE
Physics A: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
133
PHYA2
GCE
Physics A: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
133
PHYA4
GCE
Physics A: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
133
PHYB1
GCE
Physics B: Physics in Context: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
134
127
181, 185
181
289
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
PHYB2
GCE
Physics B: Physics in Context: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
134
PHYB4
GCE
Physics B: Physics in Context: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
134
PHYB5
GCE
Physics B: Physics in Context: Unit 5 (outgoing spec)
134
PLSH1
GCE
Polish: Unit 1
137
PLSH2
GCE
Polish: Unit 2
137
PROD1
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (3-D Design): Unit 1
83
PROD2
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (3-D Design): Unit 2
83
PROD3
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (3-D Design): Unit 3
83
PROD4
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (3-D Design): Unit 4
83
PSYA1
GCE
Psychology A: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
138
PSYA2
GCE
Psychology A: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
138
PSYA3
GCE
Psychology A: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
138
PSYA4
GCE
Psychology A: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
138
PSYB1
GCE
Psychology B: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
139
PSYB2
GCE
Psychology B: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
139
PSYB3
GCE
Psychology B: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
139
PSYB4
GCE
Psychology B: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
139
RSS01
GCE
Religious Studies: A Units 1 and 2
141
RSS02
GCE
Religious Studies: B Units 1 and 2
141
RSS03
GCE
Religious Studies: C Units 1 and 2
141
RSS04
GCE
Religious Studies: D Units 1 and 2
141
RSS05
GCE
Religious Studies: E Units 1 and 2
141
RSS06
GCE
Religious Studies: F Units 1 and 2
141
RSS07
GCE
Religious Studies: G Units 1 and 2
141
RSS08
GCE
Religious Studies: H Units 1 and 2
141
RSS09
GCE
Religious Studies: J Units 1 and 2
141
RSS10
GCE
Religious Studies: K Units 1 and 2
141
RSS11
GCE
Religious Studies: L Units 1 and 2
141
RST3A
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 3A
141
RST3B
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 3B
141
RST3C
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 3C
141
RST3D
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 3D
141
RST3E
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 3E
141
RST3F
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 3F
141
RST3G
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 3G
141
RST3H
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 3H
141
RST4A
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 4A
141
RST4B
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 4B
141
RST4C
GCE
Religious Studies: Unit 4C
141
290
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
SC01
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 1
51
SC02
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 2
51
SC03
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 3
51
SC04
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 4
51
SC05
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 5
51
SC06
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 6
51
SC07
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 7
51
SC08
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 8
51
SC09
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 9
51
SC10
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 10
51
SC11
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 11
51
SC12
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 12
51
SC13
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 13
51
SC14
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 14
51
SC15
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 15
51
SC16
GCE Applied
Applied Science: Unit 16
51
SCA1FP
GCSE
Science A: Route 2: Unit A1 tier F
225
SCA1HP
GCSE
Science A: Route 2: Unit A1 tier H
225
SCA2FP
GCSE
Science A: Route 2: Unit A2 tier F
225
SCA2HP
GCSE
Science A: Route 2: Unit A2 tier H
225
SCA4P
GCSE
Science A: Unit A4
225
SCB1FP
GCSE
Science B: Science in Context: Unit B1 tier F
227
SCB1HP
GCSE
Science B: Science in Context: Unit B1 tier H
227
SCB2FP
GCSE
Science B: Science in Context: Unit B2 tier F
227
SCB2HP
GCSE
Science B: Science in Context: Unit B2 tier H
227
SCB3FP
GCSE
Science B: Science in Context: Unit B3 tier F
227
SCB3HP
GCSE
Science B: Science in Context: Unit B3 tier H
227
SCB4P
GCSE
Science B: Science in Context: Unit B4
227
SCIS1
GCE
Science in Society: Unit 1
145
SCIS2
GCE
Science in Society: Unit 2
145
SCIS3
GCE
Science in Society: Unit 3
145
SCIS4
GCE
Science in Society: Unit 4
145
SCLY1
GCE
Sociology: Unit 1 (outgoing spec)
146
SCLY2
GCE
Sociology: Unit 2 (outgoing spec)
146
SCLY3
GCE
Sociology: Unit 3 (outgoing spec)
146
SCLY4
GCE
Sociology: Unit 4 (outgoing spec)
146
SPA2T
GCE
Spanish: Unit 2 Teacher Conducted Speaking Test
148
SPA2V
GCE
Spanish: Unit 2 Visiting Examiner Speaking Test
148
SPA4T
GCE
Spanish: Unit 4 Teacher Conducted Speaking Test
148
291
Entry codes 2016/17 - Index
Entry code Qualification
Entry description
SPA4V
GCE
Spanish: Unit 4 Visiting Examiner Speaking Test
148
SPAN1
GCE
Spanish: Unit 1
148
SPAN3
GCE
Spanish: Unit 3
148
SS02
GCE
Statistics: Unit 2
150
SS03
GCE
Statistics: Unit 3
150
SS04
GCE
Statistics: Unit 4
150
SS05
GCE
Statistics: Unit 5
150
SS06
GCE
Statistics: Unit 6
150
SS1A
GCE
Statistics: Unit 1A
150
SS1B
GCE
Statistics: Unit 1B
150
SYST1
GCE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control Technology: Unit 1
85
SYST2
GCE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control Technology: Unit 2
85
SYST3
GCE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control Technology: Unit 3
85
SYST4
GCE
Design and Technology: Systems and Control Technology: Unit 4
85
TEXT1
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (Textiles): Unit 1
84
TEXT2
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (Textiles): Unit 2
84
TEXT3
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (Textiles): Unit 3
84
TEXT4
GCE
Design and Technology: Product Design (Textiles): Unit 4
84
USE1
GCE
Use of Mathematics (Restricted Pilot): Algebra
151
USE2
GCE
Use of Mathematics (Restricted Pilot): Mathematical Applications
151
USE3
GCE
Use of Mathematics (Restricted Pilot): Mathematical Comprehension
151
292
Entry codes 2016/17
Entry codes
2016/17
All exam series
This document lists the entry codes for
all series in the 2016/17 academic year.
Any updates will be posted on the Exams
administration/Entries page of our website
aqa.org.uk
Issued September 2016
v1.1
aqa.org.uk
Copyright © AQA and its licensors. All rights reserved.
AQA Education (AQA) is a registered charity (registered charity number 1073334) and a company limited by guarantee registered in England and Wales
(company number 3644723). Registered address: AQA, Devas Street, Manchester M15 6EX.
September 2016
G01066